]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Document new default for extended header names.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c ======================================================================
14 @c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
15 @c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
16 @c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
17 @c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
18 @c so DISTRIB is the default for tar distributions. The PROOF rendition
19 @c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
20 @c those working on the manual itself.
21 @c ======================================================================
22
23 @ifclear PUBLISH
24 @ifclear DISTRIB
25 @ifclear PROOF
26 @set DISTRIB
27 @end ifclear
28 @end ifclear
29 @end ifclear
30
31 @ifset PUBLISH
32 @set RENDITION The book, version
33 @end ifset
34
35 @ifset DISTRIB
36 @set RENDITION FTP release, version
37 @end ifset
38
39 @ifset PROOF
40 @set RENDITION Proof reading version
41 @end ifset
42
43 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
44 @c The @FIXME's, @UNREVISED and @c comments are part Fran@,{c}ois's work
45 @c plan. These annotations are somewhat precious to him; he asks that I
46 @c do not alter them inconsiderately. Much work is needed for GNU tar
47 @c internals (the sources, the programs themselves). Revising the
48 @c adequacy of the manual while revising the sources, and cleaning them
49 @c both at the same time, seems to him like a good way to proceed.
50 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
51
52 @c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
53
54 @macro UNREVISED
55 @ifclear PUBLISH
56 @quotation
57 @emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
58 @end quotation
59 @end ifclear
60 @end macro
61
62 @c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
63
64 @macro FIXME{string}
65 @allow-recursion
66 @quote-arg
67 @ifset PROOF
68 @strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
69 @end ifset
70
71 @end macro
72
73 @macro FIXME-ref{string}
74 @quote-arg
75 @ifset PROOF
76 @strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
77 @end ifset
78
79 @end macro
80
81 @macro FIXME-pxref{string}
82 @quote-arg
83 @ifset PROOF
84 @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
85 @end ifset
86
87 @end macro
88
89 @macro FIXME-xref{string}
90 @quote-arg
91 @ifset PROOF
92 @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
93 @end ifset
94
95 @end macro
96
97 @c @macro option{entry}
98 @c @quote-arg
99 @c @opindex{--\entry\}
100 @c @value{\entry\}
101 @c @end macro
102
103 @macro GNUTAR
104 @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
105 @end macro
106
107 @set op-absolute-names @kbd{--absolute-names} (@kbd{-P})
108 @set ref-absolute-names @ref{absolute}
109 @set xref-absolute-names @xref{absolute}
110 @set pxref-absolute-names @pxref{absolute}
111
112 @set op-after-date @kbd{--after-date=@var{date}} (@kbd{--newer=@var{date}}, @kbd{-N @var{date}})
113 @set ref-after-date @ref{after}
114 @set xref-after-date @xref{after}
115 @set pxref-after-date @pxref{after}
116
117 @set op-append @kbd{--append} (@kbd{-r})
118 @set ref-append @ref{add}
119 @set xref-append @xref{add}
120 @set pxref-append @pxref{add}
121
122 @set op-atime-preserve @kbd{--atime-preserve}
123 @set ref-atime-preserve @ref{Attributes}
124 @set xref-atime-preserve @xref{Attributes}
125 @set pxref-atime-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
126
127 @set op-backup @kbd{--backup}
128 @set ref-backup @ref{Backup options}
129 @set xref-backup @xref{Backup options}
130 @set pxref-backup @pxref{Backup options}
131
132 @set op-block-number @kbd{--block-number} (@kbd{-R})
133 @set ref-block-number @ref{verbose}
134 @set xref-block-number @xref{verbose}
135 @set pxref-block-number @pxref{verbose}
136
137 @set op-blocking-factor @kbd{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@kbd{-b @var{512-size}})
138 @set ref-blocking-factor @ref{Blocking Factor}
139 @set xref-blocking-factor @xref{Blocking Factor}
140 @set pxref-blocking-factor @pxref{Blocking Factor}
141
142 @set op-bzip2 @kbd{--bzip2} (@kbd{-j})
143 @set ref-bzip2 @ref{gzip}
144 @set xref-bzip2 @xref{gzip}
145 @set pxref-bzip2 @pxref{gzip}
146
147 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links} (@kbd{-l})
148 @set ref-check-links @ref{--check-links}
149 @set xref-check-links @xref{--check-links}
150 @set pxref-check-links @pxref{--check-links}
151
152 @set op-checkpoint @kbd{--checkpoint}
153 @set ref-checkpoint @ref{verbose}
154 @set xref-checkpoint @xref{verbose}
155 @set pxref-checkpoint @pxref{verbose}
156
157 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links}
158
159 @set op-compare @kbd{--compare} (@kbd{--diff}, @kbd{-d})
160 @set ref-compare @ref{compare}
161 @set xref-compare @xref{compare}
162 @set pxref-compare @pxref{compare}
163
164 @set op-compress @kbd{--compress} (@kbd{--uncompress}, @kbd{-Z})
165 @set ref-compress @ref{gzip}
166 @set xref-compress @xref{gzip}
167 @set pxref-compress @pxref{gzip}
168
169 @set op-concatenate @kbd{--concatenate} (@kbd{--catenate}, @kbd{-A})
170 @set ref-concatenate @ref{concatenate}
171 @set xref-concatenate @xref{concatenate}
172 @set pxref-concatenate @pxref{concatenate}
173
174 @set op-create @kbd{--create} (@kbd{-c})
175 @set ref-create @ref{create}
176 @set xref-create @xref{create}
177 @set pxref-create @pxref{create}
178
179 @set op-delete @kbd{--delete}
180 @set ref-delete @ref{delete}
181 @set xref-delete @xref{delete}
182 @set pxref-delete @pxref{delete}
183
184 @set op-dereference @kbd{--dereference} (@kbd{-h})
185 @set ref-dereference @ref{dereference}
186 @set xref-dereference @xref{dereference}
187 @set pxref-dereference @pxref{dereference}
188
189 @set op-directory @kbd{--directory=@var{directory}} (@kbd{-C @var{directory}})
190 @set ref-directory @ref{directory}
191 @set xref-directory @xref{directory}
192 @set pxref-directory @pxref{directory}
193
194 @set op-exclude @kbd{--exclude=@var{pattern}}
195 @set ref-exclude @ref{exclude}
196 @set xref-exclude @xref{exclude}
197 @set pxref-exclude @pxref{exclude}
198
199 @set op-exclude-from @kbd{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} (@kbd{-X @var{file-of-patterns}})
200 @set ref-exclude-from @ref{exclude}
201 @set xref-exclude-from @xref{exclude}
202 @set pxref-exclude-from @pxref{exclude}
203
204 @set op-extract @kbd{--extract} (@kbd{--get}, @kbd{-x})
205 @set ref-extract @ref{extract}
206 @set xref-extract @xref{extract}
207 @set pxref-extract @pxref{extract}
208
209 @set op-file @kbd{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@kbd{-f @var{archive-name}})
210 @set ref-file @ref{file}
211 @set xref-file @xref{file}
212 @set pxref-file @pxref{file}
213
214 @set op-files-from @kbd{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@kbd{-T @var{file-of-names}})
215 @set ref-files-from @ref{files}
216 @set xref-files-from @xref{files}
217 @set pxref-files-from @pxref{files}
218
219 @set op-force-local @kbd{--force-local}
220 @set ref-force-local @ref{file}
221 @set xref-force-local @xref{file}
222 @set pxref-force-local @pxref{file}
223
224 @set op-group @kbd{--group=@var{group}}
225 @set ref-group @ref{Option Summary}
226 @set xref-group @xref{Option Summary}
227 @set pxref-group @pxref{Option Summary}
228
229 @set op-gzip @kbd{--gzip} (@kbd{--gunzip}, @kbd{--ungzip}, @kbd{-z})
230 @set ref-gzip @ref{gzip}
231 @set xref-gzip @xref{gzip}
232 @set pxref-gzip @pxref{gzip}
233
234 @set op-help @kbd{--help}
235 @set ref-help @ref{help}
236 @set xref-help @xref{help}
237 @set pxref-help @pxref{help}
238
239 @set op-ignore-failed-read @kbd{--ignore-failed-read}
240 @set ref-ignore-failed-read @ref{create options}
241 @set xref-ignore-failed-read @xref{create options}
242 @set pxref-ignore-failed-read @pxref{create options}
243
244 @set op-ignore-zeros @kbd{--ignore-zeros} (@kbd{-i})
245 @set ref-ignore-zeros @ref{Reading}
246 @set xref-ignore-zeros @xref{Reading}
247 @set pxref-ignore-zeros @pxref{Reading}
248
249 @set op-incremental @kbd{--incremental} (@kbd{-G})
250 @set ref-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
251 @set xref-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
252 @set pxref-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
253
254 @set op-info-script @kbd{--info-script=@var{script-name}} (@kbd{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @kbd{-F @var{script-name}})
255 @set ref-info-script @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
256 @set xref-info-script @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
257 @set pxref-info-script @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
258
259 @set op-interactive @kbd{--interactive} (@kbd{-w})
260 @set ref-interactive @ref{interactive}
261 @set xref-interactive @xref{interactive}
262 @set pxref-interactive @pxref{interactive}
263
264 @set op-keep-old-files @kbd{--keep-old-files} (@kbd{-k})
265 @set ref-keep-old-files @ref{Writing}
266 @set xref-keep-old-files @xref{Writing}
267 @set pxref-keep-old-files @pxref{Writing}
268
269 @set op-label @kbd{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@kbd{-V @var{archive-label}})
270 @set ref-label @ref{label}
271 @set xref-label @xref{label}
272 @set pxref-label @pxref{label}
273
274 @set op-list @kbd{--list} (@kbd{-t})
275 @set ref-list @ref{list}
276 @set xref-list @xref{list}
277 @set pxref-list @pxref{list}
278
279 @set op-listed-incremental @kbd{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@kbd{-g @var{snapshot-file}})
280 @set ref-listed-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
281 @set xref-listed-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
282 @set pxref-listed-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
283
284 @set op-mode @kbd{--mode=@var{permissions}}
285 @set ref-mode @ref{Option Summary}
286 @set xref-mode @xref{Option Summary}
287 @set pxref-mode @pxref{Option Summary}
288
289 @set op-multi-volume @kbd{--multi-volume} (@kbd{-M})
290 @set ref-multi-volume @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
291 @set xref-multi-volume @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
292 @set pxref-multi-volume @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
293
294 @set op-newer-mtime @kbd{--newer-mtime=@var{date}}
295 @set ref-newer-mtime @ref{after}
296 @set xref-newer-mtime @xref{after}
297 @set pxref-newer-mtime @pxref{after}
298
299 @set op-no-recursion @kbd{--no-recursion}
300 @set ref-no-recursion @ref{recurse}
301 @set xref-no-recursion @xref{recurse}
302 @set pxref-no-recursion @pxref{recurse}
303
304 @set op-no-same-owner @kbd{--no-same-owner} (@kbd{-o})
305 @set ref-no-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
306 @set xref-no-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
307 @set pxref-no-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
308
309 @set op-no-same-permissions @kbd{--no-same-permissions}
310 @set ref-no-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
311 @set xref-no-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
312 @set pxref-no-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
313
314 @set op-null @kbd{--null}
315 @set ref-null @ref{files}
316 @set xref-null @xref{files}
317 @set pxref-null @pxref{files}
318
319 @set op-numeric-owner @kbd{--numeric-owner}
320 @set ref-numeric-owner @ref{Attributes}
321 @set xref-numeric-owner @xref{Attributes}
322 @set pxref-numeric-owner @pxref{Attributes}
323
324 @set op-occurrence @kbd{--occurrence}
325 @set ref-occurrence @ref{--occurrence}
326 @set xref-occurrence @xref{--occurrence}
327 @set pxref-occurrence @pxref{--occurrence}
328
329 @set op-old-archive @kbd{--old-archive} (@kbd{-o})
330 @set ref-old-archive @ref{old}
331 @set xref-old-archive @xref{old}
332 @set pxref-old-archive @pxref{old}
333
334 @set op-one-file-system @kbd{--one-file-system} (@kbd{-l})
335 @set ref-one-file-system @ref{one}
336 @set xref-one-file-system @xref{one}
337 @set pxref-one-file-system @pxref{one}
338
339 @set op-overwrite @kbd{--overwrite}
340 @set ref-overwrite @ref{Overwrite Old Files}
341 @set xref-overwrite @xref{Overwrite Old Files}
342 @set pxref-overwrite @pxref{Overwrite Old Files}
343
344 @set op-owner @kbd{--owner=@var{user}}
345 @set ref-owner @ref{Option Summary}
346 @set xref-owner @xref{Option Summary}
347 @set pxref-owner @pxref{Option Summary}
348
349 @set op-format @kbd{--format}
350 @set ref-format @ref{format}
351 @set xref-format @xref{format}
352 @set pxref-format @pxref{format}
353
354 @set op-format-v7 @kbd{--format=v7}
355 @set op-format-gnu @kbd{--format=gnu}
356 @set op-format-oldgnu @kbd{--format=oldgnu}
357 @set op-format-posix @kbd{--format=posix}
358 @set op-format-ustar @kbd{--format=ustar}
359
360 @set op-posix @kbd{--posix}
361 @set ref-posix @ref{posix}
362 @set xref-posix @xref{posix}
363 @set pxref-posix @pxref{posix}
364
365 @set op-preserve @kbd{--preserve}
366 @set ref-preserve @ref{Attributes}
367 @set xref-preserve @xref{Attributes}
368 @set pxref-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
369
370 @set op-record-size @kbd{--record-size=@var{size}}
371 @set ref-record-size @ref{Blocking}
372 @set xref-record-size @xref{Blocking}
373 @set pxref-record-size @pxref{Blocking}
374
375 @set op-recursive-unlink @kbd{--recursive-unlink}
376 @set ref-recursive-unlink @ref{Writing}
377 @set xref-recursive-unlink @xref{Writing}
378 @set pxref-recursive-unlink @pxref{Writing}
379
380 @set op-read-full-records @kbd{--read-full-records} (@kbd{-B})
381 @set ref-read-full-records @ref{Blocking}
382 @set xref-read-full-records @xref{Blocking}
383 @set pxref-read-full-records @pxref{Blocking}
384 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Blocking Factor
385
386 @set op-remove-files @kbd{--remove-files}
387 @set ref-remove-files @ref{Writing}
388 @set xref-remove-files @xref{Writing}
389 @set pxref-remove-files @pxref{Writing}
390
391 @set op-rsh-command @kbd{rsh-command=@var{command}}
392
393 @set op-same-order @kbd{--same-order} (@kbd{--preserve-order}, @kbd{-s})
394 @set ref-same-order @ref{Scarce}
395 @set xref-same-order @xref{Scarce}
396 @set pxref-same-order @pxref{Scarce}
397 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Attributes?
398
399 @set op-same-owner @kbd{--same-owner}
400 @set ref-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
401 @set xref-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
402 @set pxref-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
403
404 @set op-same-permissions @kbd{--same-permissions} (@kbd{--preserve-permissions}, @kbd{-p})
405 @set ref-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
406 @set xref-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
407 @set pxref-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
408 @c FIXME: or should it be Writing?
409
410 @set op-show-omitted-dirs @kbd{--show-omitted-dirs}
411 @set ref-show-omitted-dirs @ref{verbose}
412 @set xref-show-omitted-dirs @xref{verbose}
413 @set pxref-show-omitted-dirs @pxref{verbose}
414
415 @set op-sparse @kbd{--sparse} (@kbd{-S})
416 @set ref-sparse @ref{sparse}
417 @set xref-sparse @xref{sparse}
418 @set pxref-sparse @pxref{sparse}
419
420 @set op-starting-file @kbd{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@kbd{-K @var{name}})
421 @set ref-starting-file @ref{Scarce}
422 @set xref-starting-file @xref{Scarce}
423 @set pxref-starting-file @pxref{Scarce}
424
425 @set op-strip-path @kbd{--strip-path}
426 @set ref-strip-path @ref{--strip-path}
427 @set xref-strip-path @xref{--strip-path}
428 @set pxref-strip-path @pxref{--strip-path}
429
430 @set op-suffix @kbd{--suffix=@var{suffix}}
431 @set ref-suffix @ref{Backup options}
432 @set xref-suffix @xref{Backup options}
433 @set pxref-suffix @pxref{Backup options}
434
435 @set op-tape-length @kbd{--tape-length=@var{1024-size}} (@kbd{-L @var{1024-size}})
436 @set ref-tape-length @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
437 @set xref-tape-length @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
438 @set pxref-tape-length @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
439
440 @set op-to-stdout @kbd{--to-stdout} (@kbd{-O})
441 @set ref-to-stdout @ref{Writing}
442 @set xref-to-stdout @xref{Writing}
443 @set pxref-to-stdout @pxref{Writing}
444
445 @set op-totals @kbd{--totals}
446 @set ref-totals @ref{verbose}
447 @set xref-totals @xref{verbose}
448 @set pxref-totals @pxref{verbose}
449
450 @set op-touch @kbd{--touch} (@kbd{-m})
451 @set ref-touch @ref{Writing}
452 @set xref-touch @xref{Writing}
453 @set pxref-touch @pxref{Writing}
454
455 @set op-unlink-first @kbd{--unlink-first} (@kbd{-U})
456 @set ref-unlink-first @ref{Writing}
457 @set xref-unlink-first @xref{Writing}
458 @set pxref-unlink-first @pxref{Writing}
459
460 @set op-update @kbd{--update} (@kbd{-u})
461 @set ref-update @ref{update}
462 @set xref-update @xref{update}
463 @set pxref-update @pxref{update}
464
465 @set op-use-compress-prog @kbd{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}}
466 @set ref-use-compress-prog @ref{gzip}
467 @set xref-use-compress-prog @xref{gzip}
468 @set pxref-use-compress-prog @pxref{gzip}
469
470 @set op-verbose @kbd{--verbose} (@kbd{-v})
471 @set ref-verbose @ref{verbose}
472 @set xref-verbose @xref{verbose}
473 @set pxref-verbose @pxref{verbose}
474
475 @set op-verify @kbd{--verify} (@kbd{-W})
476 @set ref-verify @ref{verify}
477 @set xref-verify @xref{verify}
478 @set pxref-verify @pxref{verify}
479
480 @set op-version @kbd{--version}
481 @set ref-version @ref{help}
482 @set xref-version @xref{help}
483 @set pxref-version @pxref{help}
484
485 @set op-volno-file @kbd{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}}
486 @set ref-volno-file @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
487 @set xref-volno-file @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
488 @set pxref-volno-file @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
489
490 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
491 @syncodeindex fn cp
492 @syncodeindex ky cp
493 @syncodeindex pg cp
494 @syncodeindex vr cp
495
496 @defindex op
497 @syncodeindex op cp
498
499 @copying
500
501 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
502 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
503 from archives.
504
505 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
506 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
507
508 @quotation
509 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
510 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
511 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
512 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
513 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
514 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
515 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
516
517 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
518 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
519 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
520 @end quotation
521 @end copying
522
523 @dircategory Archiving
524 @direntry
525 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
526 @end direntry
527
528 @dircategory Individual utilities
529 @direntry
530 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}
531 @end direntry
532
533 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
534
535 @titlepage
536 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
537 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
538 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
539 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
540 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
541 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
542
543 @page
544 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
545 @insertcopying
546 @end titlepage
547
548 @ifnottex
549 @node Top
550 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
551
552 @insertcopying
553
554 @cindex file archival
555 @cindex archiving files
556
557 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
558 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
559 @end ifnottex
560
561 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
562 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
563
564 @menu
565 * Introduction::
566 * Tutorial::
567 * tar invocation::
568 * operations::
569 * Backups::
570 * Choosing::
571 * Date input formats::
572 * Formats::
573 * Media::
574 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
575 * Copying This Manual::
576 * Index::
577
578 @detailmenu
579 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
580
581 Introduction
582
583 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
584 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
585 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
586 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
587 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
588 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
589 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
590
591 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
592
593 * assumptions::
594 * stylistic conventions::
595 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
596 * frequent operations::
597 * Two Frequent Options::
598 * create:: How to Create Archives
599 * list:: How to List Archives
600 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
601 * going further::
602
603 Two Frequently Used Options
604
605 * file tutorial::
606 * verbose tutorial::
607 * help tutorial::
608
609 How to Create Archives
610
611 * prepare for examples::
612 * Creating the archive::
613 * create verbose::
614 * short create::
615 * create dir::
616
617 How to List Archives
618
619 * list dir::
620
621 How to Extract Members from an Archive
622
623 * extracting archives::
624 * extracting files::
625 * extract dir::
626 * failing commands::
627
628 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
629
630 * Synopsis::
631 * using tar options::
632 * Styles::
633 * All Options::
634 * help::
635 * verbose::
636 * interactive::
637
638 The Three Option Styles
639
640 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
641 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
642 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
643 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
644
645 All @command{tar} Options
646
647 * Operation Summary::
648 * Option Summary::
649 * Short Option Summary::
650
651 @GNUTAR{} Operations
652
653 * Basic tar::
654 * Advanced tar::
655 * create options::
656 * extract options::
657 * backup::
658 * Applications::
659 * looking ahead::
660
661 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
662
663 * Operations::
664 * append::
665 * update::
666 * concatenate::
667 * delete::
668 * compare::
669
670 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
671
672 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
673 * multiple::
674
675 Updating an Archive
676
677 * how to update::
678
679 Options Used by @code{--create}
680
681 * Ignore Failed Read::
682
683 Options Used by @code{--extract}
684
685 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
686 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
687 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
688
689 Options to Help Read Archives
690
691 * read full records::
692 * Ignore Zeros::
693
694 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
695
696 * Dealing with Old Files::
697 * Overwrite Old Files::
698 * Keep Old Files::
699 * Unlink First::
700 * Recursive Unlink::
701 * Modification Times::
702 * Setting Access Permissions::
703 * Writing to Standard Output::
704 * remove files::
705
706 Coping with Scarce Resources
707
708 * Starting File::
709 * Same Order::
710
711 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
712
713 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
714 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
715 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
716 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
717 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
718 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
719 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
720
721 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
722
723 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
724 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
725
726 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
727
728 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
729 * Selecting Archive Members::
730 * files:: Reading Names from a File
731 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
732 * Wildcards::
733 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
734 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
735 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
736
737 Reading Names from a File
738
739 * nul::
740
741 Excluding Some Files
742
743 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
744 * problems with exclude::
745
746 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
747
748 * directory:: Changing Directory
749 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
750
751 Date input formats
752
753 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
754 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
755 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
756 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
757 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
758 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
759 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
760 * Authors of getdate:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
761
762 Controlling the Archive Format
763
764 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
765 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
766 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
767 * Standard:: The Standard Format
768 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
769 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
770
771 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
772
773 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
774 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
775 * old:: Old V7 Archives
776 * posix:: @sc{posix} archives
777 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
778 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
779
780 Using Less Space through Compression
781
782 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
783 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
784
785 Tapes and Other Archive Media
786
787 * Device:: Device selection and switching
788 * Remote Tape Server::
789 * Common Problems and Solutions::
790 * Blocking:: Blocking
791 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
792 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
793 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
794 * verify::
795 * Write Protection::
796
797 Blocking
798
799 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
800 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
801
802 Many Archives on One Tape
803
804 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
805 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
806
807 Using Multiple Tapes
808
809 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
810 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
811
812 Copying This Manual
813
814 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
815
816 @end detailmenu
817 @end menu
818
819 @node Introduction
820 @chapter Introduction
821
822 @GNUTAR{} creates
823 and manipulates (@dfn{archives}) which are actually collections of
824 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
825 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
826 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
827 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
828
829 @menu
830 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
831 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
832 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
833 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
834 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
835 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
836 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
837 @end menu
838
839 @node Book Contents
840 @section What this Book Contains
841
842 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
843 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
844 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
845 or comments.
846
847 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
848 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
849 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
850 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
851 progressive order, building on information already explained.
852
853 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
854 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
855 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
856 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
857 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
858 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
859 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
860 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
861 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
862 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
863
864 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
865 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
866
867 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
868 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
869 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
870 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
871 about a specific topic.
872
873 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
874 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
875 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
876 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
877
878 In general, we give both the long and short (abbreviated) option names
879 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
880 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
881 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
882 indicate this.)
883
884 @node Definitions
885 @section Some Definitions
886
887 @cindex archive
888 @cindex tar archive
889 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
890 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
891 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
892 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
893 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
894 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
895 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
896 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
897
898 @cindex member
899 @cindex archive member
900 @cindex file name
901 @cindex member name
902 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
903 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
904 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
905 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
906 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
907 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
908 archive.
909
910 @cindex extraction
911 @cindex unpacking
912 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
913 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
914 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
915 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
916 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
917 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
918 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
919 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
920 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
921 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
922 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
923
924 @node What tar Does
925 @section What @command{tar} Does
926
927 @cindex tar
928 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
929 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
930 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
931 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
932 stored.
933
934 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
935 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
936 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
937 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
938 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
939
940 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
941
942 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
943 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
944
945 @table @asis
946 @item Storage
947 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
948 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
949 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
950 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
951 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
952 unit.
953
954 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
955 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
956 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
957 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
958 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
959 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
960 archives useful.
961
962 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
963 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
964 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
965 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
966 all dimensions, even time!)
967
968 @item Backup
969 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
970 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
971 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
972 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
973 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
974 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
975 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
976 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
977 filesystem.
978
979 @item Transportation
980 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
981 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
982 files from one system to another.
983 @end table
984
985 @node Naming tar Archives
986 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
987
988 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
989 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
990 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
991 it and to make examples more clear.
992
993 @cindex tar file
994 @cindex entry
995 @cindex tar entry
996 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
997 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
998 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
999 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
1000 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
1001
1002 @node Current status
1003 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
1004
1005 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
1006 primary aims are:
1007
1008 @itemize @bullet
1009 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
1010 implementations.
1011 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
1012 @item Revise sparse file handling.
1013 @item Revise multiple volume processing.
1014 @end itemize
1015
1016 The following issues need mentioning:
1017
1018 @table @asis
1019 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
1020 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
1021 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
1022
1023 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
1024 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
1025 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
1026
1027 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
1028 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
1029 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
1030
1031 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
1032 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
1033
1034 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
1035 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
1036 synonym for @samp{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
1037 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
1038 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
1039 @option{--check-links}.
1040
1041 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
1042 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
1043
1044 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
1045 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
1046 @end table
1047
1048 @node Authors
1049 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
1050
1051 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
1052 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
1053 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
1054 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, and finally
1055 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, with the help of numerous and kind users.
1056
1057 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
1058 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
1059 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
1060 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
1061 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
1062
1063 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
1064 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
1065 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
1066 i'll think about it.}
1067
1068 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
1069 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
1070
1071 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
1072 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
1073 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
1074 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
1075 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
1076 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
1077 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
1078 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
1079 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
1080 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
1081 thing.}
1082
1083 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
1084 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
1085
1086 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at @url{savannah.gnu.org}, and
1087 an active development and maintenance work has started
1088 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
1089 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
1090
1091 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
1092
1093 @node Reports
1094 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
1095
1096 @cindex bug reports
1097 @cindex reporting bugs
1098 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
1099 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
1100
1101 @node Tutorial
1102 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
1103
1104 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
1105 operations: @samp{--create}, @samp{--list}, and @samp{--extract}. If
1106 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
1107 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
1108 details about how @command{tar} works.
1109
1110 @menu
1111 * assumptions::
1112 * stylistic conventions::
1113 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1114 * frequent operations::
1115 * Two Frequent Options::
1116 * create:: How to Create Archives
1117 * list:: How to List Archives
1118 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
1119 * going further::
1120 @end menu
1121
1122 @node assumptions
1123 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
1124
1125 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
1126 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
1127 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
1128 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
1129 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
1130
1131 @itemize @bullet
1132 @item
1133 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
1134 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
1135 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
1136 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
1137 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
1138 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
1139 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
1140 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
1141 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
1142 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
1143 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
1144 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
1145 else?}
1146
1147 @item
1148 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
1149 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
1150 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
1151 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
1152 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
1153 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
1154 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
1155
1156 @item
1157 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
1158 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
1159 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
1160 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
1161 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
1162 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
1163 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
1164 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
1165 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
1166
1167 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
1168 @end itemize
1169
1170 @node stylistic conventions
1171 @section Stylistic Conventions
1172
1173 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
1174 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
1175 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
1176 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
1177 sometimes @samp{like this}. When we have lines which are too long to be
1178 displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
1179
1180 @smallexample
1181 This is an example of a line which would otherwise not fit in this space.
1182 @end smallexample
1183
1184 @FIXME{how often do we use smallexample?}
1185
1186 @node basic tar options
1187 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1188
1189 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
1190 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
1191 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
1192 operations, and options.
1193
1194 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
1195 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
1196 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
1197 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
1198 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
1199 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
1200
1201 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
1202 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
1203 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
1204 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
1205 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
1206 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
1207
1208 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
1209 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
1210 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
1211 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
1212 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
1213 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
1214 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
1215 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
1216 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
1217 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
1218 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options} and
1219 @ref{Short Options}.)
1220
1221 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
1222 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
1223 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
1224 For example, instead of typing
1225
1226 @smallexample
1227 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1228 @end smallexample
1229
1230 @noindent
1231 you can type
1232 @smallexample
1233 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1234 @end smallexample
1235
1236 @noindent
1237 or even
1238 @smallexample
1239 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1240 @end smallexample
1241
1242 @noindent
1243 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
1244 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
1245 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
1246
1247 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
1248 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
1249 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
1250 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
1251 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
1252 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
1253 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
1254
1255 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
1256 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
1257 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
1258 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
1259 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
1260 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
1261 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
1262 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
1263 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
1264 intends.
1265
1266 @node frequent operations
1267 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
1268
1269 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
1270 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
1271 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
1272 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
1273
1274 @table @kbd
1275 @item --create
1276 @itemx -c
1277 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
1278 @item --list
1279 @itemx -t
1280 List the contents of an archive.
1281 @item --extract
1282 @itemx -x
1283 Extract one or more members from an archive.
1284 @end table
1285
1286 @node Two Frequent Options
1287 @section Two Frequently Used Options
1288
1289 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
1290 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
1291 @command{tar}: @samp{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
1292 and @samp{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
1293 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
1294 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
1295
1296 @menu
1297 * file tutorial::
1298 * verbose tutorial::
1299 * help tutorial::
1300 @end menu
1301
1302 @node file tutorial
1303 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--file} Option
1304
1305 @table @kbd
1306 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
1307 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
1308 Specify the name of an archive file.
1309 @end table
1310
1311 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
1312 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
1313 that @command{tar} will work on.
1314
1315 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
1316 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
1317 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
1318 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
1319 look roughly like one of the following:
1320
1321 @smallexample
1322 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
1323 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
1324 @end smallexample
1325
1326 @noindent
1327 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
1328 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
1329 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
1330 @ref{file}.
1331
1332 @node verbose tutorial
1333 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--verbose} Option
1334
1335 @table @kbd
1336 @item --verbose
1337 @itemx -v
1338 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
1339 @end table
1340
1341 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
1342 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
1343 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
1344 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @samp{--verbose}
1345 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
1346 @samp{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
1347 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
1348 others. We will use @samp{--verbose} at times to help make something
1349 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
1350 @samp{--verbose} to show the differences.
1351
1352 Sometimes, a single instance of @samp{--verbose} on the command line
1353 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
1354 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
1355 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
1356 @samp{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
1357 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
1358 use @samp{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
1359 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
1360
1361 @smallexample
1362 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1363 @end smallexample
1364
1365 @noindent
1366 above, you might say
1367
1368 @smallexample
1369 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1370 @end smallexample
1371
1372 @noindent
1373 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
1374 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
1375 twice, like this:
1376
1377 @smallexample
1378 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
1379 @end smallexample
1380
1381 @noindent
1382 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
1383
1384 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@samp{--verbose
1385 --verbose}}.
1386
1387 @node help tutorial
1388 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @code{--help} Option
1389
1390 @table @kbd
1391 @item --help
1392
1393 The @samp{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1394 all operations and option available for the current version of
1395 @command{tar} available on your system.
1396 @end table
1397
1398 @node create
1399 @section How to Create Archives
1400 @UNREVISED
1401
1402 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
1403 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1404 @samp{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1405 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1406 practice on.
1407
1408 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1409 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1410 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1411 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1412 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1413 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1414 other directories and other archives.
1415
1416 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1417 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1418 @file{collection.tar}.
1419
1420 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @samp{--create}
1421 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1422 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1423 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1424 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1425 @command{tar} works.
1426
1427 @menu
1428 * prepare for examples::
1429 * Creating the archive::
1430 * create verbose::
1431 * short create::
1432 * create dir::
1433 @end menu
1434
1435 @node prepare for examples
1436 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1437
1438 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1439 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1440 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1441 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1442 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1443 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1444
1445 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1446 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1447 the full path name of this directory is
1448 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1449 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1450
1451 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1452 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1453 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1454 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1455
1456 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1457 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1458 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1459 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1460 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1461 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1462 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1463 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1464 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1465 information on how to do this.
1466
1467 @node Creating the archive
1468 @subsection Creating the Archive
1469
1470 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1471 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1472
1473 @smallexample
1474 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1475 @end smallexample
1476
1477 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1478 option forms}. You could also say:
1479
1480 @smallexample
1481 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1482 @end smallexample
1483
1484 @noindent
1485 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1486 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1487 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1488 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1489
1490 Note that the part of the command which says,
1491 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1492 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1493 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1494 archive file you create.
1495
1496 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1497 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1498 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1499 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1500 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1501 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1502
1503 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @samp{--create}
1504 is the operation which creates the new archive
1505 (@file{collection.tar}), and @samp{--file} is the option which lets
1506 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1507 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1508 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @samp{--create} operation).
1509 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1510 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1511 @FIXME{xref to definitions?}
1512
1513 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1514 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1515 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1516
1517 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1518 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1519
1520 @smallexample
1521 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1522 @end smallexample
1523
1524 @noindent
1525 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1526 the files in the directory.
1527
1528 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1529 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1530 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1531 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1532
1533 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1534 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1535 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1536
1537 @node create verbose
1538 @subsection Running @samp{--create} with @samp{--verbose}
1539
1540 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1541 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1542 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1543
1544 @smallexample
1545 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1546 blues
1547 folk
1548 jazz
1549 @end smallexample
1550
1551 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1552 @samp{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1553 @iftex
1554 (note the different font styles).
1555 @end iftex
1556 @ifinfo
1557 .
1558 @end ifinfo
1559
1560 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1561 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1562 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1563 understand.
1564
1565 @node short create
1566 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1567
1568 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1569 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1570 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1571 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1572 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1573 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1574 using short option forms:
1575
1576 @smallexample
1577 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1578 blues
1579 folk
1580 jazz
1581 @end smallexample
1582
1583 @noindent
1584 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1585 long or short option forms.
1586
1587 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1588 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1589 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1590 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1591 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1592 following way:
1593
1594 @smallexample
1595 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1596 @end smallexample
1597
1598 @noindent
1599 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1600 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1601 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @samp{-f} option, and
1602 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1603 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1604 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1605 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1606 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1607 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1608 Because the @samp{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1609 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1610
1611 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1612 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1613 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1614
1615 This example,
1616
1617 @smallexample
1618 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1619 @end smallexample
1620
1621 @noindent
1622 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1623 becomes much more so:
1624
1625 @smallexample
1626 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1627 @end smallexample
1628
1629 @noindent
1630 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1631 immediately following the @samp{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1632 valuable data.
1633
1634 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1635 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1636 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1637 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1638 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1639 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1640 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1641 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1642
1643 @node create dir
1644 @subsection Archiving Directories
1645
1646 @cindex Archiving Directories
1647 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1648 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1649 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1650 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1651 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1652
1653 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1654 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1655 type:
1656
1657 @smallexample
1658 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1659 $
1660 @end smallexample
1661
1662 @noindent
1663 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1664 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1665 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1666 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1667
1668 @smallexample
1669 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1670 @end smallexample
1671
1672 @noindent
1673 @command{tar} should output:
1674
1675 @smallexample
1676 practice/
1677 practice/blues
1678 practice/folk
1679 practice/jazz
1680 practice/collection.tar
1681 @end smallexample
1682
1683 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1684 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1685 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1686 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1687 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1688 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1689 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1690 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1691 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1692 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1693 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1694 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1695 into the file system).
1696
1697 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1698
1699 @smallexample
1700 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1701 @end smallexample
1702
1703 @noindent
1704 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1705 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1706 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1707 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1708 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1709 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1710 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1711 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1712 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1713 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1714 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1715 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1716 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1717 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1718 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1719 directory being dumped.}
1720
1721 @node list
1722 @section How to List Archives
1723
1724 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1725 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1726 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1727 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1728 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1729 created in the last section with the command,
1730
1731 @smallexample
1732 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1737
1738 @smallexample
1739 blues
1740 folk
1741 jazz
1742 @end smallexample
1743
1744 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1745 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1746
1747 @noindent
1748 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1749
1750 @smallexample
1751 ./birds
1752 baboon
1753 ./box
1754 @end smallexample
1755
1756 @noindent
1757 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1758 to specify the name of the archive.
1759
1760 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @samp{--list}, then
1761 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1762 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1763
1764 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1765 like:
1766
1767 @smallexample
1768 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1769 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1770 @end smallexample
1771
1772 @cindex File name arguments, using @code{--list} with
1773 @cindex @code{--list} with file name arguments
1774 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1775 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1776 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1777 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1778
1779 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1780 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1781 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1782 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1783 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1784 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1785 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1786 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1787 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1788 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1789 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1790
1791 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1792 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1793 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1794 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1795 expect to find; remember that if you use @samp{--list} with no file
1796 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1797 stored in the specified archive.
1798
1799 @menu
1800 * list dir::
1801 @end menu
1802
1803 @node list dir
1804 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1805 @UNREVISED
1806
1807 @FIXME{i changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a
1808 chance to play around with this node's example, yet. i have to play
1809 with it and see what it actually does for my own satisfaction, even if
1810 what it says *is* correct..}
1811
1812 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1813 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1814 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1815 @value{op-verbose} option.
1816
1817 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1818 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1819
1820 @smallexample
1821 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1822 @end smallexample
1823
1824 @command{tar} responds:
1825
1826 @smallexample
1827 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1828 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1829 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1830 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1831 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1832 @end smallexample
1833
1834 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1835 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1836
1837 @node extract
1838 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1839 @UNREVISED
1840 @cindex Extraction
1841 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1842 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1843
1844 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1845 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1846 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1847 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1848 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1849 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1850 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1851 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1852
1853 Using @samp{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1854 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1855 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1856 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1857
1858 @menu
1859 * extracting archives::
1860 * extracting files::
1861 * extract dir::
1862 * extracting untrusted archives::
1863 * failing commands::
1864 @end menu
1865
1866 @node extracting archives
1867 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1868
1869 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1870 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1871
1872 @smallexample
1873 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1874 @end smallexample
1875
1876 @noindent
1877 produces this:
1878
1879 @smallexample
1880 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1881 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1882 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1883 @end smallexample
1884
1885 @node extracting files
1886 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1887
1888 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1889 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1890 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1891 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1892 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1893 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{check this; will the times,
1894 permissions, owner, etc be the same, also?}
1895
1896 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1897 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1898 the files in the directory again.
1899
1900 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1901 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1902
1903 @smallexample
1904 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1905 @end smallexample
1906
1907 @noindent
1908 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1909 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1910 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1911 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1912 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1913 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1914 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1915 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1916 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1917 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1918 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1919 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1920 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1921 @value{op-list}.
1922
1923 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1924 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1925 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1926 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1927 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1928 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1929 (@pxref{list}).
1930
1931 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1932 with the @option{--to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1933 Output}).
1934
1935 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1936 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1937
1938 @node extract dir
1939 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1940
1941 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1942 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1943 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1944 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1945 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1946 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1947 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1948 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1949 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1950 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted.
1951
1952 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1953 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1954 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1955
1956 We can demonstrate how to use @samp{--extract} to extract a directory
1957 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1958 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1959 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1960 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1961 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1962 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1963 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1964 following command:
1965
1966 @smallexample
1967 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1968 @end smallexample
1969
1970 @FIXME{need to show tar's response; used verbose above. also, here's a
1971 good place to demonstrate the -v -v thing. have to write that up
1972 (should be trivial, but i'm too tired!).}
1973
1974 @noindent
1975 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1976 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1977 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1978 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1979
1980 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1981 will be.}
1982
1983 @node extracting untrusted archives
1984 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1985
1986 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1987 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1988 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1989 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1990 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1991 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1992 extract it as follows:
1993
1994 @smallexample
1995 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1996 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1997 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1998 @end smallexample
1999
2000 @node failing commands
2001 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
2002
2003 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
2004 they won't work.
2005
2006 If you try to use this command,
2007
2008 @smallexample
2009 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
2010 @end smallexample
2011
2012 @noindent
2013 you will get the following response:
2014
2015 @smallexample
2016 tar: folk: Not found in archive
2017 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
2018 $
2019 @end smallexample
2020
2021 @noindent
2022 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
2023 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
2024 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
2025
2026 @smallexample
2027 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
2028 practice/folk
2029 practice/jazz
2030 practice/rock
2031 @end smallexample
2032
2033 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
2034 order...}
2035
2036 @noindent
2037 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
2038
2039 @smallexample
2040 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
2041 @end smallexample
2042
2043 @noindent
2044 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
2045 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
2046 files from the archive.
2047
2048 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
2049 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
2050
2051 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
2052
2053 @node going further
2054 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
2055
2056 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
2057 be in the rest of the manual.}
2058
2059 @node tar invocation
2060 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
2061 @UNREVISED
2062
2063 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
2064 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
2065 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
2066 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
2067 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
2068 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
2069 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
2070 depending on what the operation is.
2071
2072 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
2073 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
2074 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
2075 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
2076 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
2077
2078 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
2079 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
2080 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
2081 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
2082 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
2083 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
2084
2085 @menu
2086 * Synopsis::
2087 * using tar options::
2088 * Styles::
2089 * All Options::
2090 * help::
2091 * verbose::
2092 * interactive::
2093 @end menu
2094
2095 @node Synopsis
2096 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
2097
2098 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
2099
2100 @smallexample
2101 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2102 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2103 @end smallexample
2104
2105 The second form is for when old options are being used.
2106
2107 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
2108 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
2109 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
2110 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
2111 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
2112 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
2113 @command{tar} is to act on.
2114
2115 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
2116 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
2117 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
2118 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
2119
2120 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
2121 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
2122 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
2123 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
2124 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
2125 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
2126 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
2127 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
2128 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
2129
2130 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
2131 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
2132 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
2133 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
2134 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
2135 @value{op-absolute-names}.
2136
2137 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
2138 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
2139 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
2140 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
2141
2142 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
2143 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
2144 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
2145 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
2146 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
2147 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
2148 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
2149 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
2150 sufficient for this.
2151
2152 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
2153 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
2154 @value{op-files-from} option.
2155
2156 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
2157 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
2158 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
2159 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
2160 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
2161 on the entire contents of the archive.
2162
2163 @cindex exit status
2164 @cindex return status
2165 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
2166 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
2167 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
2168 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
2169 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
2170 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
2171 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
2172 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
2173 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
2174 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
2175 the error.
2176
2177 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
2178 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
2179 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
2180 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
2181 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
2182 remote operations, where it may be 128.
2183
2184 @node using tar options
2185 @section Using @command{tar} Options
2186
2187 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
2188 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
2189 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
2190 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
2191 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
2192 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
2193 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
2194 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
2195 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
2196 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
2197
2198 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
2199 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
2200 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
2201 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
2202 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
2203 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
2204 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
2205 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
2206 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
2207 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
2208 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
2209 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
2210
2211 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
2212 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
2213 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
2214 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
2215 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
2216 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
2217 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
2218
2219 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
2220 options @samp{-T} and @samp{-t} are different; the first requires an
2221 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
2222 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
2223 write @value{op-list}.
2224
2225 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
2226 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
2227 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
2228 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
2229 styles.
2230
2231 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
2232 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
2233 incorporated.}
2234
2235 @node Styles
2236 @section The Three Option Styles
2237
2238 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
2239 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
2240 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
2241 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
2242
2243 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
2244 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
2245 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
2246 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
2247 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
2248 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
2249 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
2250 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
2251 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
2252 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
2253 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
2254 feel comfortable with the others.
2255
2256 @FIXME{hag to write a brief paragraph on the option(s) which can
2257 optionally take an argument}
2258
2259 @menu
2260 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
2261 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2262 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2263 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2264 @end menu
2265
2266 @node Mnemonic Options
2267 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
2268
2269 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
2270 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
2271
2272 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
2273 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @samp{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2274 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2275 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
2276 synonymous, such as @samp{--compare} and @samp{--diff}. In addition,
2277 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2278 @samp{--cre} can be used in place of @samp{--create} because there is no
2279 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2280 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2281 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2282 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2283 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2284 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2285 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2286 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2287
2288 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2289 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2290 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2291
2292 @smallexample
2293 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2294 @end smallexample
2295
2296 @noindent
2297 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2298 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2299
2300 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
2301 immediately following the option name; they are introduced by an equal
2302 sign. For example, the @samp{--file} option (which tells the name
2303 of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as @file{archive.tar}
2304 as argument by using the notation @samp{--file=archive.tar} for the
2305 mnemonic option.
2306
2307 @node Short Options
2308 @subsection Short Option Style
2309
2310 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
2311 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @samp{-t}
2312 (which is equivalent to @samp{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2313 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2314
2315 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2316
2317 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2318 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2319 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2320 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@samp{-f
2321 archive.tar}} or @samp{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2322 @samp{--file=archive.tar}. Both @samp{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2323 @w{@samp{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2324 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2325
2326 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2327 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2328 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2329 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2330 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2331 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2332 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2333 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2334
2335 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2336 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2337 For example:
2338
2339 @smallexample
2340 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2341 @end smallexample
2342
2343 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2344 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2345 end up overwriting files.
2346
2347 @node Old Options
2348 @subsection Old Option Style
2349 @UNREVISED
2350
2351 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2352 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2353 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2354 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2355 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2356 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2357 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2358 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2359 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2360 the same as the short option @samp{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2361 mnemonic option @samp{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2362 cv}} specifies the option @samp{-v} in addition to the operation @samp{-c}.
2363
2364 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
2365
2366 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2367 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2368 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2369 style as follows:
2370
2371 @smallexample
2372 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2373 @end smallexample
2374
2375 @noindent
2376 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @samp{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2377 the argument of @samp{-f}.
2378
2379 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2380 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2381 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2382 @samp{20} is the argument for @samp{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2383 argument for @samp{-f}, and @samp{-v} does not have a corresponding
2384 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2385 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2386 pertain to.
2387
2388 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2389 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2390
2391 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2392 users. For example, the two commands:
2393
2394 @smallexample
2395 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2396 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2397 @end smallexample
2398
2399 @noindent
2400 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2401 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2402 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2403 @samp{f}---probably not what was intended.
2404
2405 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2406
2407 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2408 following are equivalent:
2409
2410 @smallexample
2411 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2412 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2413 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2414 @end smallexample
2415
2416 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2417
2418 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2419 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2420 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2421 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2422 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2423 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2424 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2425 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2426 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2427
2428 @node Mixing
2429 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2430
2431 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2432 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2433 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2434 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2435 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2436 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2437 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2438 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2439 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2440 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2441 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2442 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2443 style options.
2444
2445 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2446 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2447
2448 @smallexample
2449 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2450 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2451 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2452 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2453 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2454 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2455 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2456 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2457 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2458 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2459 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2460 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2461 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2462 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2463 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2464 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2465 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2466 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2467 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2468 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2469 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2470 @end smallexample
2471
2472 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2473 the previous set:
2474
2475 @smallexample
2476 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2477 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2478 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2479 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2480 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2481 @end smallexample
2482
2483 @noindent
2484 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2485 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2486 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2487 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2488 @samp{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2489 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2490 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2491 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2492 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2493 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2494 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2495
2496 @node All Options
2497 @section All @command{tar} Options
2498
2499 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2500 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2501 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2502 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2503 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2504 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2505
2506 @menu
2507 * Operation Summary::
2508 * Option Summary::
2509 * Short Option Summary::
2510 @end menu
2511
2512 @node Operation Summary
2513 @subsection Operations
2514
2515 @table @kbd
2516
2517 @item --append
2518 @itemx -r
2519
2520 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2521
2522 @item --catenate
2523 @itemx -A
2524
2525 Same as @samp{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2526
2527 @item --compare
2528 @itemx -d
2529
2530 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2531 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2532 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2533
2534 @item --concatenate
2535 @itemx -A
2536
2537 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2538 @xref{concatenate}.
2539
2540 @item --create
2541 @itemx -c
2542
2543 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2544
2545 @item --delete
2546
2547 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2548 tape! @xref{delete}.
2549
2550 @item --diff
2551 @itemx -d
2552
2553 Same @samp{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2554
2555 @item --extract
2556 @itemx -x
2557
2558 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2559
2560 @item --get
2561 @itemx -x
2562
2563 Same as @samp{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2564
2565 @item --list
2566 @itemx -t
2567
2568 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2569
2570 @item --update
2571 @itemx -u
2572
2573 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @samp{--compare} and
2574 @samp{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2575 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2576 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2577 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2578 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2579 @xref{update}.
2580
2581 @end table
2582
2583 @node Option Summary
2584 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2585
2586 @table @kbd
2587
2588 @item --absolute-names
2589 @itemx -P
2590
2591 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2592 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2593 @FIXME-xref{}
2594
2595 @item --after-date
2596
2597 (See @samp{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2598
2599 @item --anchored
2600 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2601 @FIXME-xref{}
2602
2603 @item --atime-preserve
2604
2605 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2606 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2607 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2608 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2609 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2610 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2611 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2612 unless you're root.
2613 @FIXME-xref{}
2614
2615 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2616
2617 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2618 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2619 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2620
2621 @item --block-number
2622 @itemx -R
2623
2624 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2625 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2626
2627 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2628 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2629
2630 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2631 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2632
2633 @item --bzip2
2634 @itemx -j
2635
2636 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2637 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2638
2639 @item --checkpoint
2640
2641 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2642 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2643 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2644 @samp{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2645
2646 @item --check-links
2647 @itemx -l
2648 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2649 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2650 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2651 output.
2652
2653 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2654 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2655 semantics for @option{-l}.
2656
2657 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2658
2659 @item --compress
2660 @itemx --uncompress
2661 @itemx -Z
2662
2663 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2664 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2665 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2666
2667 @item --confirmation
2668
2669 (See @samp{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2670
2671 @item --dereference
2672 @itemx -h
2673
2674 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2675 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2676 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2677
2678 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2679 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2680
2681 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2682 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2683 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2684
2685 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2686
2687 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2688 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2689
2690 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2691 @itemx -X @var{file}
2692
2693 Similar to @samp{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2694 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2695
2696 @item --file=@var{archive}
2697 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2698
2699 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2700 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2701 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2702
2703 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2704 @itemx -T @var{file}
2705
2706 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2707 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2708 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2709
2710 @item --force-local
2711
2712 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @samp{--file}
2713 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2714 @FIXME-xref{}
2715
2716 @item --format=@var{format}
2717
2718 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2719 following:
2720
2721 @table @samp
2722 @item v7
2723 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2724
2725 @item oldgnu
2726 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2727 1.12 or earlier.
2728
2729 @item gnu
2730 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2731 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2732 numeric fields.
2733
2734 @item ustar
2735 Creates a POSIX.1-1988 compatible archive.
2736
2737 @item posix
2738 Creates a POSIX.1-2001 archive.
2739
2740 @end table
2741
2742 @item --group=@var{group}
2743
2744 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2745 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2746 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2747 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2748
2749 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2750
2751 @item --gzip
2752 @itemx --gunzip
2753 @itemx --ungzip
2754 @itemx -z
2755
2756 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2757 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2758 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2759
2760 @item --help
2761
2762 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2763 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2764
2765 @item --ignore-case
2766 Ignore case when excluding files.
2767 @FIXME-xref{}
2768
2769 @item --ignore-failed-read
2770
2771 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2772 @xref{Reading}.
2773
2774 @item --ignore-zeros
2775 @itemx -i
2776
2777 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2778 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2779
2780 @item --incremental
2781 @itemx -G
2782
2783 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2784 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2785 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2786
2787 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2788
2789 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2790
2791 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2792 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2793 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2794
2795 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2796 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2797 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2798
2799 @item --interactive
2800 @itemx --confirmation
2801 @itemx -w
2802
2803 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2804 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2805 @FIXME-xref{}
2806
2807 @item --keep-old-files
2808 @itemx -k
2809
2810 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2811 @xref{Writing}.
2812
2813 @item --label=@var{name}
2814 @itemx -V @var{name}
2815
2816 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2817 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2818 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2819 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2820
2821 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2822 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2823
2824 During a @samp{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2825 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2826 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2827 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2828 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2829
2830 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2831
2832 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2833 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2834 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2835 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2836 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2837 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2838 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2839 permission system.
2840
2841 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2842 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2843 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2844 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2845 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2846
2847 @item --multi-volume
2848 @itemx -M
2849
2850 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2851 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2852
2853 @item --new-volume-script
2854
2855 (see --info-script)
2856
2857 @item --newer=@var{date}
2858 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2859 @itemx -N
2860
2861 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2862 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2863 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2864 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2865
2866 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2867
2868 Like @samp{--newer}, but add only files whose
2869 contents have changed (as opposed to just @samp{--newer}, which will
2870 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2871
2872 @item --no-anchored
2873 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2874 @FIXME-xref{}
2875
2876 @item --no-ignore-case
2877 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2878 @FIXME-xref{}
2879
2880 @item --no-recursion
2881
2882 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2883 @FIXME-xref{}
2884
2885 @item --no-same-owner
2886 @itemx -o
2887
2888 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2889 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2890 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2891
2892 @item --no-same-permissions
2893
2894 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2895 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2896 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2897
2898 @item --no-wildcards
2899 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2900 @FIXME-xref{}
2901
2902 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2903 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2904 @FIXME-xref{}
2905
2906 @item --null
2907
2908 When @command{tar} is using the @samp{--files-from} option, this option
2909 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2910 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2911 @FIXME-xref{}
2912
2913 @item --numeric-owner
2914
2915 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2916 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2917 @FIXME-xref{}
2918
2919 @item -o
2920 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2921 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2922 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2923
2924 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2925 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2926 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2927 removed in the future releases.
2928
2929 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2930
2931 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2932
2933 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2934 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2935 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2936 line or via @option{-T} option.
2937
2938 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2939 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2940
2941 @smallexample
2942 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2943 @end smallexample
2944
2945 @noindent
2946 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2947 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2948
2949 @item --old-archive
2950 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2951
2952 @item --one-file-system
2953 @itemx -l
2954 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2955 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2956 directory.
2957
2958 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2959 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2960 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2961 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2962 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2963
2964 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2965
2966 @item --overwrite
2967
2968 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2969 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2970
2971 @item --overwrite-dir
2972
2973 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2974 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2975
2976 @item --owner=@var{user}
2977
2978 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2979 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2980 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2981 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2982 @FIXME-xref{}
2983
2984 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2985 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2986 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2987 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2988
2989 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2990
2991 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2992
2993 This option is meaningful only with POSIX.1-2001 archives
2994 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2995 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2996 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2997 the following forms:
2998
2999 @table @asis
3000 @item delete=@var{pattern}
3001 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
3002 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
3003 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
3004
3005 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
3006 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
3007 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
3008 matching notation described in POSIX 1003.2, 3.13 (@FIXME-xref{}, see
3009 man 7 glob). For example:
3010
3011 @smallexample
3012 --pax-option delete=security.*
3013 @end smallexample
3014
3015 would suppress security-related information.
3016
3017 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
3018
3019 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
3020 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
3021 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
3022
3023 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3024 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3025 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
3026 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
3027 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
3028 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
3029 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3030 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3031 @end multitable
3032
3033 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
3034 results.
3035
3036 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3037 will use the following default value:
3038
3039 @smallexample
3040 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
3041 @end smallexample
3042
3043 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
3044 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
3045 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
3046 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
3047 following character substitutions have been made:
3048
3049 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3050 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3051 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
3052 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
3053 starting at 1.
3054 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3055 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3056 @end multitable
3057
3058 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
3059
3060 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3061 will use the following default value:
3062
3063 @smallexample
3064 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
3065 @end smallexample
3066
3067 @noindent
3068 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
3069 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
3070 uses @samp{/tmp}.
3071
3072 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3073 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3074 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
3075 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
3076 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
3077 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
3078 record.
3079
3080 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
3081 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3082 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
3083 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3084 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
3085
3086 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
3087 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
3088 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
3089 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
3090 For example, in the command:
3091
3092 @smallexample
3093 tar --format=posix --create \
3094 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
3095 @end smallexample
3096
3097 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
3098 stored in the archive.
3099 @end table
3100
3101 @item --portability
3102 @itemx --old-archive
3103 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3104
3105 @item --posix
3106 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3107
3108 @item --preserve
3109
3110 Synonymous with specifying both @samp{--preserve-permissions} and
3111 @samp{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
3112
3113 @item --preserve-order
3114
3115 (See @samp{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3116
3117 @item --preserve-permissions
3118 @itemx --same-permissions
3119 @itemx -p
3120
3121 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3122 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3123 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3124 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3125 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3126
3127 @item --read-full-records
3128 @itemx -B
3129
3130 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3131 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3132
3133 @item --record-size=@var{size}
3134
3135 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3136 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3137
3138 @item --recursion
3139
3140 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
3141 @FIXME-xref{}
3142
3143 @item --recursive-unlink
3144
3145 Remove existing
3146 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3147 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3148
3149 @item --remove-files
3150
3151 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3152 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3153
3154 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3155
3156 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3157 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
3158
3159 @item --same-order
3160 @itemx --preserve-order
3161 @itemx -s
3162
3163 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3164 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3165 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3166 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3167
3168 @item --same-owner
3169
3170 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3171 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3172 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3173 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
3174
3175 @item --same-permissions
3176
3177 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
3178
3179 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3180
3181 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
3182 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3183
3184 @item --sparse
3185 @itemx -S
3186
3187 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3188 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
3189
3190 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3191 @itemx -K @var{name}
3192
3193 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3194 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3195 @xref{Scarce}.
3196
3197 @item --strip-path=@var{number}
3198 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3199 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3200 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3201
3202 @smallexample
3203 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-path=2
3204 @end smallexample
3205
3206 @noindent
3207 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
3208
3209 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3210
3211 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3212 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
3213
3214 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3215 @itemx -L @var{num}
3216
3217 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3218 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
3219
3220 @item --to-stdout
3221 @itemx -O
3222
3223 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3224 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
3225
3226 @item --totals
3227
3228 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
3229 @FIXME-xref{}
3230
3231 @item --touch
3232 @itemx -m
3233
3234 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3235 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
3236 @xref{Writing}.
3237
3238 @item --uncompress
3239
3240 (See @samp{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3241
3242 @item --ungzip
3243
3244 (See @samp{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3245
3246 @item --unlink-first
3247 @itemx -U
3248
3249 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3250 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3251
3252 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3253
3254 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3255 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
3256
3257 @item --verbose
3258 @itemx -v
3259
3260 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
3261 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
3262 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
3263
3264 @item --verify
3265 @itemx -W
3266
3267 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3268 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3269
3270 @item --version
3271
3272 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
3273 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
3274 @FIXME-xref{}
3275
3276 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3277
3278 Used in conjunction with @samp{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3279 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3280 @FIXME-xref{}
3281
3282 @item --wildcards
3283 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3284 @FIXME-xref{}
3285
3286 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3287 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3288 @FIXME-xref{}
3289 @end table
3290
3291 @node Short Option Summary
3292 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3293
3294 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3295 them with the equivalent long option.
3296
3297 @table @kbd
3298
3299 @item -A
3300
3301 @samp{--concatenate}
3302
3303 @item -B
3304
3305 @samp{--read-full-records}
3306
3307 @item -C
3308
3309 @samp{--directory}
3310
3311 @item -F
3312
3313 @samp{--info-script}
3314
3315 @item -G
3316
3317 @samp{--incremental}
3318
3319 @item -K
3320
3321 @samp{--starting-file}
3322
3323 @item -L
3324
3325 @samp{--tape-length}
3326
3327 @item -M
3328
3329 @samp{--multi-volume}
3330
3331 @item -N
3332
3333 @samp{--newer}
3334
3335 @item -O
3336
3337 @samp{--to-stdout}
3338
3339 @item -P
3340
3341 @samp{--absolute-names}
3342
3343 @item -R
3344
3345 @samp{--block-number}
3346
3347 @item -S
3348
3349 @samp{--sparse}
3350
3351 @item -T
3352
3353 @samp{--files-from}
3354
3355 @item -U
3356
3357 @samp{--unlink-first}
3358
3359 @item -V
3360
3361 @samp{--label}
3362
3363 @item -W
3364
3365 @samp{--verify}
3366
3367 @item -X
3368
3369 @samp{--exclude-from}
3370
3371 @item -Z
3372
3373 @samp{--compress}
3374
3375 @item -b
3376
3377 @samp{--blocking-factor}
3378
3379 @item -c
3380
3381 @samp{--create}
3382
3383 @item -d
3384
3385 @samp{--compare}
3386
3387 @item -f
3388
3389 @samp{--file}
3390
3391 @item -g
3392
3393 @samp{--listed-incremental}
3394
3395 @item -h
3396
3397 @samp{--dereference}
3398
3399 @item -i
3400
3401 @samp{--ignore-zeros}
3402
3403 @item -j
3404
3405 @samp{--bzip2}
3406
3407 @item -k
3408
3409 @samp{--keep-old-files}
3410
3411 @item -l
3412
3413 @samp{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3414 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3415 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3416
3417 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3418
3419 @item -m
3420
3421 @samp{--touch}
3422
3423 @item -o
3424
3425 When creating --- @samp{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3426 @samp{--portability}.
3427
3428 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3429 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3430 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @samp{--no-same-owner} only.
3431
3432 @item -p
3433
3434 @samp{--preserve-permissions}
3435
3436 @item -r
3437
3438 @samp{--append}
3439
3440 @item -s
3441
3442 @samp{--same-order}
3443
3444 @item -t
3445
3446 @samp{--list}
3447
3448 @item -u
3449
3450 @samp{--update}
3451
3452 @item -v
3453
3454 @samp{--verbose}
3455
3456 @item -w
3457
3458 @samp{--interactive}
3459
3460 @item -x
3461
3462 @samp{--extract}
3463
3464 @item -z
3465
3466 @samp{--gzip}
3467
3468 @end table
3469
3470 @node help
3471 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3472
3473 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3474 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3475 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3476 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3477 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3478 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3479 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3480 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3481
3482 @smallexample
3483 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3484 @end smallexample
3485
3486 @noindent
3487 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3488 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3489 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3490 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3491 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3492 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3493 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3494 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3495 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3496 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3497
3498 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3499 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3500 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3501 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3502 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3503 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3504 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3505 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3506 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3507 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3508
3509 @smallexample
3510 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3511 @end smallexample
3512
3513 @noindent
3514 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3515 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3516 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3517 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3518
3519 @smallexample
3520 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3521 @end smallexample
3522
3523 @noindent
3524 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3525
3526 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3527 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3528 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3529 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3530 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3531
3532 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3533 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3534 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3535 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3536 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3537 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3538 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3539 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3540 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3541 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3542 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3543 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3544 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3545 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3546
3547 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3548 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3549 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3550 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3551 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3552 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3553
3554 @node verbose
3555 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3556
3557 @cindex Progress information
3558 @cindex Status information
3559 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3560 @cindex Verbose operation
3561 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3562 @cindex Error message, block number of
3563 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3564
3565 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3566 @cindex Information during operation
3567 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3568
3569 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3570 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3571 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3572 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3573 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3574 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3575 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3576 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3577 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3578 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3579 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3580 helpful diagnostic tools.
3581
3582 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3583 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3584 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3585 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3586 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3587 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3588
3589 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3590 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3591 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3592 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3593 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3594 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3595 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3596 long list output:
3597
3598 @smallexample
3599 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3600 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3601 @end smallexample
3602
3603 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3604 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3605 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3606 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3607 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3608
3609 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3610 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3611 error.
3612
3613 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3614 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3615 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3616
3617 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3618 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it print
3619 directory names while reading the archive. It is designed for
3620 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3621 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3622 is actually making forward progress.
3623
3624 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3625 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3626
3627 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3628 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3629 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3630 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3631 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3632 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3633 some other reason.
3634
3635 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3636 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3637 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3638 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3639 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3640 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3641 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3642 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3643 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3644 archive from a pipe.
3645
3646 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3647 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3648 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3649 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3650 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3651 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3652 backup section written.}
3653
3654 @node interactive
3655 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3656 @cindex Interactive operation
3657
3658 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3659 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3660 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3661 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3662 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3663 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3664 @command{tar} also accepts @samp{--confirmation} for this option.
3665
3666 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3667 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3668 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3669 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3670 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3671 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3672 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3673 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3674 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3675
3676 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3677 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3678 communications.
3679
3680 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3681 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3682 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3683 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3684 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3685 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3686 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3687 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3688 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3689 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3690 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3691
3692 @node operations
3693 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3694
3695 @menu
3696 * Basic tar::
3697 * Advanced tar::
3698 * create options::
3699 * extract options::
3700 * backup::
3701 * Applications::
3702 * looking ahead::
3703 @end menu
3704
3705 @node Basic tar
3706 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3707
3708 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3709 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3710 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3711 for these operations.
3712
3713 @table @asis
3714 @item @value{op-create}
3715
3716 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3717 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3718 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3719 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3720 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3721 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3722 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3723 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3724 common errors are:
3725
3726 @enumerate
3727 @item
3728 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3729 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3730 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3731 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3732 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3733 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3734
3735 @item
3736 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3737 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3738 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3739 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3740 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3741 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3742 @end enumerate
3743
3744 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3745 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3746 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3747 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3748 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3749 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3750 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3751 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3752
3753 @smallexample
3754 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3755 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3756 @end smallexample
3757
3758 @item @value{op-extract}
3759
3760 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3761
3762 @item @value{op-list}
3763
3764 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3765 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3766 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3767 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3768 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3769 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3770 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3771 that's really the way to go.
3772
3773 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3774 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3775
3776 @end table
3777
3778 @node Advanced tar
3779 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3780
3781 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3782 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3783
3784 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3785 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3786 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3787 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3788 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3789 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3790 error correction in special circumstances.
3791
3792 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3793 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3794
3795 @menu
3796 * Operations::
3797 * append::
3798 * update::
3799 * concatenate::
3800 * delete::
3801 * compare::
3802 @end menu
3803
3804 @node Operations
3805 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3806 @UNREVISED
3807
3808 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3809 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3810 @command{tar}: @samp{--append}, @samp{--update}, @samp{--concatenate},
3811 @samp{--delete}, and @samp{--compare}.
3812
3813 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3814 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3815 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3816 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3817 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3818 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3819 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3820 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3821
3822 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3823 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3824 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3825 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3826
3827 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3828 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3829 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3830 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3831 where the last chapter left them.)
3832
3833 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3834
3835 @table @kbd
3836 @item --append
3837 @itemx -r
3838 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3839 @item --update
3840 @itemx -r
3841 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3842 they exist.
3843 @item --concatenate
3844 @itemx --catenate
3845 @itemx -A
3846 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3847 @item --delete
3848 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3849 @item --compare
3850 @itemx --diff
3851 @itemx -d
3852 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3853 @end table
3854
3855 @node append
3856 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
3857 @UNREVISED
3858
3859 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3860 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3861 already exist in order to use @samp{--append}. (A related operation
3862 is the @samp{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3863 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3864 do this with @samp{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3865
3866 @FIXME{Explain in second paragraph whether you can get to the previous
3867 version -- explain whole situation somewhat more clearly.}
3868
3869 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3870 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3871 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3872 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite numbers of files
3873 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3874 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3875 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3876 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3877
3878 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3879 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3880 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3881 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3882 @samp{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3883 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3884 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3885 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3886 will not prompt you about this. Thus, only the most recently archived
3887 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3888 extracted before it, and so on.
3889
3890 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3891 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...}
3892
3893 There are a few ways to get around this. @FIXME-xref{Multiple Members
3894 with the Same Name.}
3895
3896 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3897 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3898 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3899 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3900 @samp{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3901 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3902 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3903 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3904 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3905 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3906
3907 @menu
3908 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3909 * multiple::
3910 @end menu
3911
3912 @node appending files
3913 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3914 @UNREVISED
3915 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3916 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3917 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3918
3919 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3920 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3921 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3922 When you use @samp{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3923 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3924 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3925 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3926 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3927 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3928 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3929
3930 @samp{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3931 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3932 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3933 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3934
3935 To demonstrate using @samp{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3936 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3937 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3938 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3939 @file{collection.tar}:
3940
3941 @smallexample
3942 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3943 @end smallexample
3944
3945 @noindent
3946 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3947 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3948
3949 @smallexample
3950 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3951 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3952 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3953 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3954 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3955 @end smallexample
3956
3957 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3958 title claims it will become...}
3959
3960 @node multiple
3961 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3962
3963 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3964 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3965 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3966 @samp{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3967 use of @samp{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3968 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3969 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3970 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3971 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3972 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that re explicitly don't
3973 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3974 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3975 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3976 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3977 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3978 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3979 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3980 versions of the file.
3981
3982 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3983 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3984 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3985 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3986 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3987 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3988 newer version when it is extracted.
3989
3990 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3991 archive in this way:
3992
3993 @smallexample
3994 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3995 blues
3996 @end smallexample
3997
3998 @noindent
3999 Because you specified the @samp{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4000 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4001 list the contents of the archive:
4002
4003 @smallexample
4004 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4005 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4006 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4007 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4008 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4009 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4010 @end smallexample
4011
4012 @noindent
4013 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4014 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4015 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4016 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4017 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory. @xref{Writing},
4018 for more information. (@emph{Please note:} This is the case unless
4019 you employ the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members
4020 with the Same Name}.)
4021
4022 @node update
4023 @subsection Updating an Archive
4024 @UNREVISED
4025 @cindex Updating an archive
4026
4027 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
4028 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4029 @value{op-update}. The @samp{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
4030 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
4031 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
4032 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
4033 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
4034
4035 Unfortunately, you cannot use @samp{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4036 The operation will fail.
4037
4038 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4039 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4040
4041 Both @samp{--update} and @samp{--append} work by adding to the end
4042 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4043 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4044 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
4045 Same Name}
4046
4047 @menu
4048 * how to update::
4049 @end menu
4050
4051 @node how to update
4052 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @code{--update}
4053
4054 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
4055 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
4056 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
4057 you).
4058
4059 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4060 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
4061
4062 To see the @samp{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4063 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4064 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4065 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
4066 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
4067 arguments:
4068
4069 @smallexample
4070 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4071 blues
4072 classical
4073 $
4074 @end smallexample
4075
4076 @noindent
4077 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4078 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4079 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4080 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4081 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4082 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4083 updating it.
4084
4085 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4086 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4087 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4088 information about tapes.
4089
4090 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
4091 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4092 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4093 options intended specifically for backups are more
4094 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4095
4096 @node concatenate
4097 @subsection Combining Archives with @code{--concatenate}
4098
4099 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4100 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4101 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4102 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4103 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4104 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
4105
4106 To use @samp{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
4107 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
4108 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
4109 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
4110 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
4111 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
4112 Members with the Same Name.}
4113
4114 To demonstrate how @samp{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4115 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4116 files from @file{practice}:
4117
4118 @smallexample
4119 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4120 blues
4121 classical
4122 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4123 folk
4124 jazz
4125 @end smallexample
4126
4127 @noindent
4128 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4129 contain what they are supposed to:
4130
4131 @smallexample
4132 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4133 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4134 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4135 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
4136 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4137 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4138 @end smallexample
4139
4140 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4141
4142 @smallexample
4143 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4144 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4145 @end smallexample
4146
4147 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
4148 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4149
4150 @smallexample
4151 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4152 blues
4153 rock
4154 jazz
4155 folk
4156 @end smallexample
4157
4158 When you use @samp{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4159 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4160 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
4161 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
4162 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
4163 new name?}
4164
4165 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
4166 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4167
4168 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4169 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4170 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4171 concatenate two archives instead of using the @samp{--concatenate}
4172 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4173
4174 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4175 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4176 one archive. @samp{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4177 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4178 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4179 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4180 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4181 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4182 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4183 @command{cat} shell utility.
4184
4185 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
4186 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
4187 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
4188 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
4189 default archive name.
4190
4191 @node delete
4192 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @samp{--delete}
4193 @UNREVISED
4194 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4195 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4196
4197 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
4198 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
4199 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
4200 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
4201 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
4202 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
4203 using @samp{tar --delete}. @samp{--delete} will remove all versions of
4204 the named file from the archive. The @samp{--delete} operation can run
4205 very slowly.
4206
4207 Unlike other operations, @samp{--delete} has no short form.
4208
4209 @cindex Tapes, using @code{--delete} and
4210 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4211 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4212 @samp{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4213 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4214 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4215 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4216 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4217 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4218 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4219
4220 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4221 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4222 are in that directory, and then,
4223
4224 @smallexample
4225 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4226 blues
4227 folk
4228 jazz
4229 rock
4230 practice/blues
4231 practice/folk
4232 practice/jazz
4233 practice/rock
4234 practice/blues
4235 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4236 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4237 folk
4238 jazz
4239 rock
4240 $
4241 @end smallexample
4242
4243 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
4244 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
4245 follow it and see what it actually does!}
4246
4247 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4248 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4249
4250 @node compare
4251 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4252 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4253 @UNREVISED
4254
4255 The @samp{--compare} (@samp{-d}), or @samp{--diff} operation compares
4256 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4257 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4258 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4259 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4260 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4261 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4262
4263 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4264 archive with a non-default record size.
4265
4266 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4267 corresponding members in the archive.
4268
4269 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4270 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4271 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4272 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4273
4274 @smallexample
4275 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4276 rock
4277 blues
4278 tar: funk not found in archive
4279 @end smallexample
4280
4281 @noindent
4282 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
4283 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
4284 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
4285 such as:
4286
4287 @smallexample
4288 funk: does not exist
4289 @end smallexample
4290
4291 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
4292 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
4293 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
4294
4295 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4296 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4297 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4298
4299 @node create options
4300 @section Options Used by @code{--create}
4301
4302 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4303 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4304 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4305 @samp{--create}.
4306
4307 @menu
4308 * Ignore Failed Read::
4309 @end menu
4310
4311 @node Ignore Failed Read
4312 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4313
4314 @table @kbd
4315 @item --ignore-failed-read
4316 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4317 @end table
4318
4319 @node extract options
4320 @section Options Used by @code{--extract}
4321 @UNREVISED
4322
4323 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4324 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4325
4326 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4327 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4328 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4329 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4330 presents options to be used with @samp{--extract} when certain special
4331 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4332 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4333 @samp{--extract} operation.
4334
4335 @menu
4336 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4337 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4338 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4339 @end menu
4340
4341 @node Reading
4342 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4343 @cindex Options when reading archives
4344 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4345 @cindex Records, incomplete
4346 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4347 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4348 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4349 @cindex Small memory
4350 @cindex Running out of space
4351 @UNREVISED
4352
4353 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4354 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4355 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4356 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4357 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4358 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4359 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4360 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4361 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4362
4363 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4364 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4365 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4366 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4367 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4368 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4369
4370 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4371 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4372 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4373 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4374 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4375
4376 @menu
4377 * read full records::
4378 * Ignore Zeros::
4379 @end menu
4380
4381 @node read full records
4382 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4383
4384 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4385
4386 @table @kbd
4387 @item --read-full-records
4388 @item -B
4389 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4390 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4391 than the one specified.
4392 @end table
4393
4394 @node Ignore Zeros
4395 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4396
4397 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4398 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4399 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4400 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4401 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4402 together).
4403
4404 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4405 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4406 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4407 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4408 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4409
4410 @table @kbd
4411 @item --ignore-zeros
4412 @itemx -i
4413 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4414 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4415 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4416 @end table
4417
4418 @node Writing
4419 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4420 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4421 @cindex Protecting old files
4422 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4423 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4424 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4425 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4426 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4427 @UNREVISED
4428
4429 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4430
4431 @menu
4432 * Dealing with Old Files::
4433 * Overwrite Old Files::
4434 * Keep Old Files::
4435 * Unlink First::
4436 * Recursive Unlink::
4437 * Modification Times::
4438 * Setting Access Permissions::
4439 * Writing to Standard Output::
4440 * remove files::
4441 @end menu
4442
4443 @node Dealing with Old Files
4444 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4445
4446 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4447 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4448 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4449 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4450 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4451 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4452 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4453 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4454 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4455
4456 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4457 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4458 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4459 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4460 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4461
4462 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4463 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4464 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4465
4466 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4467 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4468 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4469 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4470 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4471 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4472 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4473 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4474 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4475 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4476 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4477 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4478 @file{/usr/local2}, of course! @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4479 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4480 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4481 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4482 removed.
4483
4484 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4485 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4486 before extracting them.
4487
4488 @node Overwrite Old Files
4489 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4490
4491 @table @kbd
4492 @item --overwrite
4493 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4494 from an archive.
4495
4496 This
4497 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4498 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4499 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4500 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4501 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4502 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4503 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4504 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4505 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4506 they are in the way of extraction.
4507
4508 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4509 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4510 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4511 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4512 are currently being executed.
4513
4514 @item --overwrite-dir
4515 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4516 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4517 @end table
4518
4519 @node Keep Old Files
4520 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4521
4522 @table @kbd
4523 @item --keep-old-files
4524 @itemx -k
4525 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4526 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4527 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4528 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4529 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4530 extraction.
4531 @end table
4532
4533 @node Unlink First
4534 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4535
4536 @table @kbd
4537 @item --unlink-first
4538 @itemx -U
4539 Remove files before extracting over them.
4540 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4541 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4542 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4543 @end table
4544
4545 @node Recursive Unlink
4546 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4547
4548 @table @kbd
4549 @item --recursive-unlink
4550 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4551 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4552 @end table
4553
4554 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4555 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4556 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4557 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4558
4559 @node Modification Times
4560 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4561
4562 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4563 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4564 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4565 setting.
4566
4567 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4568 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4569 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4570
4571 @table @kbd
4572 @item --touch
4573 @itemx -m
4574 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4575 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4576 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4577 @end table
4578
4579 @node Setting Access Permissions
4580 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4581
4582 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4583 recorded for those files in the archive, use @samp{--same-permissions}
4584 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4585 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4586
4587 @table @kbd
4588 @item --preserve-permission
4589 @itemx --same-permission
4590 @itemx --ignore-umask
4591 @itemx -p
4592 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4593 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4594 @value{op-extract}.
4595 @end table
4596
4597 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4598 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4599 more than one file?}
4600
4601 @node Writing to Standard Output
4602 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4603
4604 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4605 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4606 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4607 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4608 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4609 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4610 found in the archive.
4611
4612 @table @kbd
4613 @item --to-stdout
4614 @itemx -O
4615 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4616 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4617 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4618 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4619 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4620 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4621 @end table
4622
4623 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4624 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4625 it. You can use a command like this:
4626
4627 @smallexample
4628 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4629 @end smallexample
4630
4631 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4632
4633 @smallexample
4634 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4635 @end smallexample
4636
4637 @node remove files
4638 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4639
4640 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4641 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4642 else in the book...}
4643
4644 @table @kbd
4645 @item --remove-files
4646 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4647 @end table
4648
4649 @node Scarce
4650 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4651 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4652 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4653 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4654 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4655 @UNREVISED
4656
4657 @menu
4658 * Starting File::
4659 * Same Order::
4660 @end menu
4661
4662 @node Starting File
4663 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4664
4665 @table @kbd
4666 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4667 @itemx -K @var{name}
4668 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4669 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4670 @end table
4671
4672 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4673 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4674 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4675 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4676 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4677 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4678 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4679 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4680 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4681
4682 @node Same Order
4683 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4684
4685 @table @kbd
4686 @item --same-order
4687 @itemx --preserve-order
4688 @itemx -s
4689 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4690 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4691 @value{op-list}
4692 or @value{op-extract}.
4693 @end table
4694
4695 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4696 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4697 the option to exist in either version?}
4698
4699 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4700
4701 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4702 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4703 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4704 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4705 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4706 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4707
4708 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4709
4710 @node backup
4711 @section Backup options
4712
4713 @cindex backup options
4714
4715 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4716 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4717 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4718 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4719 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4720 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4721
4722 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4723 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4724 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4725 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4726 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4727 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4728 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4729 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4730 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4731 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4732
4733 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4734 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4735 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4736 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4737 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4738 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4739 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4740 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4741 refers to a remote file.
4742
4743 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4744 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4745 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4746 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4747 file are kept.
4748
4749 @table @samp
4750
4751 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4752 @opindex --backup
4753 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4754 @cindex backups
4755 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4756 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4757
4758 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4759 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4760 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4761 use the @samp{existing} method.
4762
4763 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4764 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4765 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4766 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4767
4768 @table @samp
4769 @item t
4770 @itemx numbered
4771 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4772 Always make numbered backups.
4773
4774 @item nil
4775 @itemx existing
4776 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4777 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4778 of the others.
4779
4780 @item never
4781 @itemx simple
4782 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4783 Always make simple backups.
4784
4785 @end table
4786
4787 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4788 @opindex --suffix
4789 @cindex backup suffix
4790 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4791 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @samp{--backup}. If this
4792 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4793 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4794 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4795
4796 @end table
4797
4798 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4799 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4800 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4801 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4802 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4803 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4804
4805 @smallexample
4806 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4807 @end smallexample
4808
4809 @node Applications
4810 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4811 @UNREVISED
4812
4813 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4814 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4815 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4816
4817 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4818
4819 @findex uuencode
4820 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4821 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4822 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4823 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4824 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4825 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4826 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4827 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4828
4829 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4830 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4831 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4832 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4833
4834 @smallexample
4835 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4836 @end smallexample
4837
4838 @noindent
4839 The command also works using short option forms:
4840
4841 @FIXME{The following using standard input/output correct??}
4842 @smallexample
4843 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4844 @end smallexample
4845
4846 @noindent
4847 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4848
4849 @node looking ahead
4850 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4851
4852 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4853 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4854 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4855 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4856 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4857 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4858 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4859 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4860 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4861 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4862
4863 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4864 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4865 @value{xref-files-from}.
4866
4867 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4868 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4869
4870 @node Backups
4871 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4872 @UNREVISED
4873
4874 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4875 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4876 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4877 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4878 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4879 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4880 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4881
4882 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4883 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4884 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4885 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4886
4887 @smallexample
4888 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4889 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4890 @end smallexample
4891
4892 @ifclear PUBLISH
4893
4894 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4895 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4896 distribution.
4897
4898 @smallexample
4899 .* dumps
4900 . + what are dumps
4901
4902 . + different levels of dumps
4903 . - full dump = dump everything
4904 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4905 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4906 n-1 dump (?)
4907
4908 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4909 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4910
4911 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4912 . - how to customize
4913 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4914
4915 . + Problems
4916 . - rsh doesn't work
4917 . - rtape isn't installed
4918 . - (others?)
4919
4920 . + the --incremental option of tar
4921
4922 . + tapes
4923 . - write protection
4924 . - types of media
4925 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4926 . - files and tape marks
4927 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4928 . - positioning the tape
4929 MT writes two at end of write,
4930 backspaces over one when writing again.
4931 @end smallexample
4932
4933 @end ifclear
4934
4935 This chapter documents both the provided FSF scripts and @command{tar}
4936 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4937
4938 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4939 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4940 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4941 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4942 called @dfn{dumps}.
4943
4944 @menu
4945 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4946 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4947 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4948 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4949 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4950 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4951 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4952 @end menu
4953
4954 @node Full Dumps
4955 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4956 @UNREVISED
4957
4958 @cindex full dumps
4959 @cindex dumps, full
4960
4961 @cindex corrupted archives
4962 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4963 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4964 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4965 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4966 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4967 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4968
4969 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4970 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4971 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4972
4973 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4974 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4975 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4976
4977 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4978 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4979 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4980
4981 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4982 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4983 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4984
4985 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4986 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4987 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4988 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4989 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4990 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4991
4992 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4993 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4994 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4995
4996 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4997
4998 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
4999
5000 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
5001 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
5002 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
5003 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
5004 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
5005 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
5006 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
5007 doing a complete incremental restore.
5008
5009 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5010 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5011 @command{tar} program.
5012
5013 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
5014 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
5015
5016 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
5017 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
5018 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5019 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5020 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5021 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5022 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5023 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5024 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
5025 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
5026 the data.
5027
5028 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
5029 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
5030 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
5031 deleted from the directory}.
5032
5033 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
5034 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
5035 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
5036 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
5037 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5038
5039 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
5040 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
5041 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
5042 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
5043 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
5044 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
5045 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
5046
5047 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5048 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
5049 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
5050 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
5051 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
5052 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
5053 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
5054 appropriate files in the archive.
5055
5056 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
5057 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
5058 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
5059 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
5060 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
5061 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
5062 created.
5063
5064 @node Inc Dumps
5065 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5066 @UNREVISED
5067
5068 @cindex incremental dumps
5069 @cindex dumps, incremental
5070
5071 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
5072 although a few more options will usually be needed.
5073
5074 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
5075 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
5076 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
5077 monthly) dump.
5078
5079 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
5080 and @samp{/var}.
5081
5082 @smallexample
5083 #! /bin/sh
5084 tar --create \
5085 --blocking-factor=126 \
5086 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
5087 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
5088 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
5089 --verbose \
5090 /usr /var
5091 @end smallexample
5092
5093 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
5094 store information about the previous tar dump.
5095
5096 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
5097 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
5098 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
5099 largest blocking factor that can be used.
5100
5101 @node incremental and listed-incremental
5102 @section The Incremental Options
5103 @UNREVISED
5104
5105 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
5106 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
5107 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
5108 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
5109 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
5110 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
5111 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
5112
5113 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
5114 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
5115 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
5116 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
5117 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
5118 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
5119
5120 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5121 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5122 @command{tar} program.
5123
5124 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
5125 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
5126 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
5127 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
5128 extract the files in the archive.
5129
5130 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
5131 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
5132 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
5133 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
5134 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5135
5136 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
5137 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
5138 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5139 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5140 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5141 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5142 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5143 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5144 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
5145 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
5146
5147 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5148 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
5149 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
5150 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
5151 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
5152 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
5153 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
5154 all appropriate files in the archive.
5155
5156 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
5157 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
5158 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
5159 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
5160 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
5161 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
5162 actually created.
5163
5164 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5165 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
5166 with the @samp{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
5167 backwards.
5168
5169 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
5170 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
5171 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
5172 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
5173 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
5174 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5175 to be a better way to go.
5176
5177 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
5178 @value{op-create} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
5179 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
5180 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
5181 @file{/dev/null}.
5182
5183 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
5184
5185 @node Backup Levels
5186 @section Levels of Backups
5187 @UNREVISED
5188
5189 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5190 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5191 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5192 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5193 are daily re-archived.
5194
5195 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5196 files between full dumps, you can a incremental dump. A @dfn{level
5197 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5198 dump.
5199
5200 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5201 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5202 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5203 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5204 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5205 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5206 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5207 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5208
5209 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5210 and level-one dumps. Using scripts (shell programs) to perform
5211 backups and restoration is a convenient and reliable alternative to
5212 typing out file name lists and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5213
5214 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5215 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5216 scripts and by the restore script. @FIXME{There is no such restore
5217 script!}@FIXME-xref{Script Syntax}Once the backup parameters
5218 are set, you can perform backups or restoration by running the
5219 appropriate script.
5220
5221 The name of the restore script is @code{restore}. @FIXME{There is
5222 no such restore script!}The names of the level one and full backup
5223 scripts are, respectively, @code{level-1} and @code{level-0}.
5224 The @code{level-0} script also exists under the name @code{weekly}, and
5225 the @code{level-1} under the name @code{daily}---these additional names
5226 can be changed according to your backup schedule. @FIXME-xref{Scripted
5227 Restoration, for more information on running the restoration script.}
5228 @FIXME-xref{Scripted Backups, for more information on running the
5229 backup scripts.}
5230
5231 @emph{Please Note:} The backup scripts and the restoration scripts are
5232 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5233 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5234 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5235 it is easier to use the scripts.@FIXME{There is no such restore script!}
5236 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{xref-listed-incremental},
5237 before making such an attempt.
5238
5239 @FIXME{shorten node names}
5240
5241 @node Backup Parameters
5242 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5243 @UNREVISED
5244
5245 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5246 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5247 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5248 before using these scripts.
5249
5250 @FIXME{This about backup scripts needs to be written: BS is a shell
5251 script .... thus ... @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax.}
5252
5253 @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax, for an explanation of this syntax.}
5254
5255 @FIXME{Whats a parameter .... looked at by the backup scripts
5256 ... which will be expecting to find ... now syntax ... value is linked
5257 to lame ... @file{backup-specs} specifies the following parameters:}
5258
5259 @table @samp
5260 @item ADMINISTRATOR
5261 The user name of the backup administrator.
5262
5263 @item BACKUP_HOUR
5264 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5265 to 23, or the string @samp{now}.
5266
5267 @item TAPE_FILE
5268 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
5269 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
5270
5271 @FIXME{examples for all ...}
5272
5273 @item TAPE_STATUS
5274 The command to use to obtain the status of the archive device,
5275 including error count. On some tape drives there may not be such a
5276 command; in that case, simply use @samp{TAPE_STATUS=false}.
5277
5278 @item BLOCKING
5279 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5280 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5281
5282 @item BACKUP_DIRS
5283 A list of file systems to be dumped. You can include any directory
5284 name in the list---subdirectories on that file system will be
5285 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5286 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5287
5288 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5289 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5290 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5291 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5292 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5293 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5294 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5295 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5296 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5297
5298 @item BACKUP_FILES
5299 A list of individual files to be dumped. These should be accessible
5300 from the machine on which the backup script is run.
5301
5302 @FIXME{Same file name, be specific. Through NFS ...}
5303
5304 @end table
5305
5306 @menu
5307 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5308 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
5309 @end menu
5310
5311 @node backup-specs example
5312 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5313 @UNREVISED
5314
5315 The following is the text of @file{backup-specs} as it appears at FSF:
5316
5317 @smallexample
5318 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5319
5320 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5321 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5322 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5323 TAPE_STATUS="mts -t $TAPE_FILE"
5324 BLOCKING=124
5325 BACKUP_DIRS="
5326 albert:/fs/fsf
5327 apple-gunkies:/gd
5328 albert:/fs/gd2
5329 albert:/fs/gp
5330 geech:/usr/jla
5331 churchy:/usr/roland
5332 albert:/
5333 albert:/usr
5334 apple-gunkies:/
5335 apple-gunkies:/usr
5336 gnu:/hack
5337 gnu:/u
5338 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5339 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5340
5341 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5342
5343 @end smallexample
5344
5345 @node Script Syntax
5346 @subsection Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
5347 @UNREVISED
5348
5349 @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax. The following
5350 conventions should be considered when editing the script:
5351 @FIXME{"conventions?"}
5352
5353 A quoted string is considered to be contiguous, even if it is on more
5354 than one line. Therefore, you cannot include commented-out lines
5355 within a multi-line quoted string. BACKUP_FILES and BACKUP_DIRS are
5356 the two most likely parameters to be multi-line.
5357
5358 A quoted string typically cannot contain wildcards. In
5359 @file{backup-specs}, however, the parameters BACKUP_DIRS and
5360 BACKUP_FILES can contain wildcards.
5361
5362 @node Scripted Backups
5363 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5364 @UNREVISED
5365
5366 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5367
5368 @smallexample
5369 @file{script-name} [@var{time-to-be-run}]
5370 @end smallexample
5371
5372 where @var{time-to-be-run} can be a specific system time, or can be
5373 @kbd{now}. If you do not specify a time, the script runs at the time
5374 specified in @file{backup-specs}. @FIXME-pxref{Script Syntax}
5375
5376 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5377 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5378 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5379 files---a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5380 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5381 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5382 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5383 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive. @FIXME{There is
5384 no such restore script!} @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}
5385 @FIXME{Have file names changed?}
5386
5387 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5388 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5389 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5390 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5391 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5392 detailed explanation of this file.}
5393
5394 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5395 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5396 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5397 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5398 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5399 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-level-1} or
5400 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-full}.
5401
5402 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5403 standard output.
5404
5405 @node Scripted Restoration
5406 @section Using the Restore Script
5407 @UNREVISED
5408
5409 @ifset PUBLISH
5410
5411 The @command{tar} distribution does not provide restoring scripts.
5412
5413 @end ifset
5414
5415 @ifclear PUBLISH
5416
5417 @quotation
5418 @strong{Warning:} The @GNUTAR{} distribution does @emph{not}
5419 provide any such @code{restore} script yet. This section is only
5420 listed here for documentation maintenance purposes. In any case,
5421 all contents is subject to change as things develop.
5422 @end quotation
5423
5424 @FIXME{A section on non-scripted restore may be a good idea.}
5425
5426 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5427 @code{restore} script. The syntax for the script is:
5428
5429 where ***** are the file systems to restore from, and
5430 ***** is a regular expression which specifies which files to
5431 restore. If you specify --all, the script restores all the files
5432 in the file system.
5433
5434 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5435 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5436 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5437 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5438 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5439 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5440 positioning.}
5441
5442 If you specify @samp{--all} as the @var{files} argument, the
5443 @code{restore} script extracts all the files in the archived file
5444 system into the active file system.
5445
5446 @quotation
5447 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5448 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5449 @end quotation
5450
5451 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5452 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5453
5454 @FIXME{this may be an option, not a given}
5455
5456 @end ifclear
5457
5458 @node Choosing
5459 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5460 @UNREVISED
5461
5462 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5463
5464 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5465 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5466 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5467 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5468 are in specified directories.
5469
5470 @menu
5471 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5472 * Selecting Archive Members::
5473 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5474 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5475 * Wildcards::
5476 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5477 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5478 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5479 @end menu
5480
5481 @node file
5482 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5483 @cindex Naming an archive
5484 @cindex Archive Name
5485 @cindex Directing output
5486 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5487 @cindex Where is the archive?
5488 @UNREVISED
5489
5490 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5491 archive"?}
5492
5493 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5494 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5495 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5496 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5497 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5498 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5499 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5500 instead of the default archive file location.
5501
5502 @table @kbd
5503 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5504 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5505 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5506 any operation.
5507 @end table
5508
5509 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5510
5511 @smallexample
5512 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5513 @end smallexample
5514
5515 @noindent
5516 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5517 follow the @samp{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @samp{-f}
5518 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5519 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5520 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5521 for the archive name.
5522
5523 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5524 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5525 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5526
5527 @cindex Writing new archives
5528 @cindex Archive creation
5529 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5530 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5531 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5532 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5533 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5534
5535 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5536 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5537 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5538 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5539 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5540 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5541
5542 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5543 "notable tar usages".}
5544
5545 @smallexample
5546 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5547 @end smallexample
5548
5549 @FIXME{help!}
5550
5551 @cindex Standard input and output
5552 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5553 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5554 use the following:
5555
5556 @smallexample
5557 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5558 @end smallexample
5559
5560 @noindent
5561 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5562 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5563 @samp{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5564 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5565 as the username on the remote machine.
5566
5567 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5568 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5569 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5570 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5571 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5572 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5573 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5574 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5575 have the @file{/usr/ucb/rmt} program installed. If you need to use a
5576 file whose name includes a colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5577 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5578
5579 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5580 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5581 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5582 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5583 shouldn't mention it..}
5584
5585 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5586 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5587 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5588 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5589
5590 @node Selecting Archive Members
5591 @section Selecting Archive Members
5592 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5593 @cindex Specifying archive members
5594
5595 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5596 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5597 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5598 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5599
5600 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5601 the command line, as follows:
5602 @smallexample
5603 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5604 @end smallexample
5605
5606 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5607 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5608
5609 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5610 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5611 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5612 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5613 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5614 @command{tar} does nothing.
5615
5616 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5617 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5618 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5619 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5620 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5621
5622 @node files
5623 @section Reading Names from a File
5624 @UNREVISED
5625
5626 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5627 @cindex Lists of file names
5628 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5629 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5630 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5631 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5632 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5633 @samp{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5634 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5635 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5636
5637 @table @kbd
5638 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5639 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5640 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5641 @end table
5642
5643 If you give a single dash as a file name for @samp{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5644 you specify either @samp{--files-from=-} or @samp{-T -}), then the file
5645 names are read from standard input.
5646
5647 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @samp{--create}, you can not use
5648 both @samp{--files-from=-} and @samp{--file=-} (@samp{-f -}) in the same
5649 command.
5650
5651 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5652
5653 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5654 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5655 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @samp{-T} option to
5656 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5657 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @samp{-z} option to
5658 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5659 more information.)
5660
5661 @smallexample
5662 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5663 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5664 @end smallexample
5665
5666 @noindent
5667 @FIXME{say more here to conclude the example/section?}
5668
5669 @menu
5670 * nul::
5671 @end menu
5672
5673 @node nul
5674 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
5675
5676 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
5677 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
5678 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5679 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5680 names contain newlines can be archived using @samp{--files-from}.
5681
5682 @table @kbd
5683 @item --null
5684 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5685 terminate in a newline.
5686 @end table
5687
5688 The @samp{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5689 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5690 @samp{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5691 @command{tar}, @samp{--null} also causes @value{op-directory} options
5692 to be treated as file names to archive, in case there are any files
5693 out there called @file{-C}.
5694
5695 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5696 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5697 @file{long-files}. The @samp{-print0} option to @command{find} just just
5698 like @samp{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
5699 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5700 @samp{--null} and @samp{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5701 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5702 @file{big.tgz}. The @samp{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5703 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
5704
5705 @smallexample
5706 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5707 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5708 @end smallexample
5709
5710 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5711
5712 @node exclude
5713 @section Excluding Some Files
5714 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5715 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5716 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5717 @UNREVISED
5718
5719 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5720 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5721
5722 @table @kbd
5723 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5724 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5725 @end table
5726
5727 @findex exclude
5728 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5729 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5730 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5731 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5732 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5733
5734 You may give multiple @samp{--exclude} options.
5735
5736 @table @kbd
5737 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5738 @itemx -X @var{file}
5739 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5740 @var{file}.
5741 @end table
5742
5743 @findex exclude-from
5744 Use the @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5745 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5746 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5747 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5748 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5749 added to the archive.
5750
5751 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5752 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5753
5754 @menu
5755 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5756 * problems with exclude::
5757 @end menu
5758
5759 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5760 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5761
5762 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5763 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5764 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5765 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5766
5767 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5768 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5769 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5770 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5771
5772 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5773 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5774
5775 @smallexample
5776 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5777 @end smallexample
5778
5779 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5780 @samp{readme}.
5781
5782 @table @option
5783 @item --anchored
5784 @itemx --no-anchored
5785 If anchored (the default), a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5786 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any subsequence.
5787
5788 @item --ignore-case
5789 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5790 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5791 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5792
5793 @item --wildcards
5794 @itemx --no-wildcards
5795 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5796 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5797 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5798 names literally.
5799
5800 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5801 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5802 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5803 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5804 matched only by @samp{/}.
5805
5806 @end table
5807
5808 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5809 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5810 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5811 the name's parent directories.
5812
5813 @node problems with exclude
5814 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5815
5816 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5817 pitfalls:
5818
5819 @itemize @bullet
5820 @item
5821 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5822 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5823 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5824 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5825 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5826 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5827
5828 @item
5829 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5830 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5831 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5832 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5833 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5834 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5835
5836 @item
5837 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5838 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5839 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5840 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5841 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5842 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5843
5844 For example, write:
5845
5846 @smallexample
5847 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5848 @end smallexample
5849
5850 @noindent
5851 rather than:
5852
5853 @smallexample
5854 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5855 @end smallexample
5856
5857 @item
5858 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5859 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5860 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5861 might fail.
5862
5863 @item
5864 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5865 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5866 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5867 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5868 line and @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5869 patterns listed in a file.
5870
5871 @end itemize
5872
5873 @node Wildcards
5874 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5875
5876 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5877 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5878 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5879 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5880 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5881 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5882 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5883
5884 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5885
5886 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5887 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5888 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5889 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5890 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5891 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5892 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5893 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5894 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5895
5896 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5897 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5898 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5899 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5900 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5901 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5902 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5903 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5904 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5905 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5906
5907 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5908 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5909 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5910 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5911 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5912 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5913
5914 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5915 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5916 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5917 @var{e}, inclusive.
5918
5919 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
5920 who don't have dan around.}
5921
5922 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
5923 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
5924 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
5925 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
5926
5927 @node after
5928 @section Operating Only on New Files
5929 @cindex Excluding file by age
5930 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
5931 @cindex Age, excluding files by
5932 @UNREVISED
5933
5934 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
5935 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
5936 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
5937 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5938 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
5939 the archive will only include new files. If you use @samp{--after-date}
5940 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
5941 than the @var{date} you specify.
5942
5943 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
5944 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
5945 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
5946
5947 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
5948 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
5949 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
5950 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
5951
5952 @table @kbd
5953 @item --after-date=@var{date}
5954 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
5955 @itemx -N @var{date}
5956 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
5957
5958 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
5959 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
5960
5961 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
5962 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5963
5964 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
5965 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
5966 @end table
5967
5968 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
5969 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
5970 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
5971 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
5972 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
5973 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
5974
5975 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
5976 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
5977 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
5978 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
5979
5980 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
5981 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
5982 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
5983 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
5984 contents of the file were looked at).
5985
5986 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
5987 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
5988 arguments.
5989
5990 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
5991
5992 @quotation
5993 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
5994 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
5995 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
5996 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
5997 @end quotation
5998
5999 @noindent
6000 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6001
6002 @node recurse
6003 @section Descending into Directories
6004 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6005 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6006 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6007 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6008 @UNREVISED
6009
6010 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6011
6012 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6013
6014 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6015 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6016 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6017 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6018
6019 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6020 into specified directories. If you specify @samp{--no-recursion}, you can
6021 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6022 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6023 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6024 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6025 @command{tar}, or look.
6026
6027 @table @kbd
6028 @item --no-recursion
6029 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6030
6031 @item --recursion
6032 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6033 This is the default.
6034 @end table
6035
6036 When you use @samp{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6037 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6038 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6039 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6040 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6041 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6042 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6043 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6044 located via @command{find}.
6045
6046 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6047 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6048 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6049 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6050 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6051 no new files on its own.
6052
6053 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6054 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6055 the files under those directories.
6056
6057 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6058 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6059
6060 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6061 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6062 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6063
6064 @smallexample
6065 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6066 @end smallexample
6067
6068 @noindent
6069 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6070 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6071 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6072
6073 @node one
6074 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6075 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6076 @UNREVISED
6077
6078 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6079 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6080 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6081 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6082 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6083 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6084 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6085
6086 @table @kbd
6087 @item --one-file-system
6088 @itemx -l
6089 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6090 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6091 @end table
6092
6093 The @samp{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6094 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6095 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6096 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6097 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6098 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6099
6100 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6101 but nothing under it.
6102
6103 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6104 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6105 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6106 standard error.
6107
6108 @menu
6109 * directory:: Changing Directory
6110 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6111 @end menu
6112
6113 @node directory
6114 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6115
6116 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6117 things around some.}
6118
6119 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6120 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6121 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6122 @UNREVISED
6123
6124 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6125 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6126 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6127 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6128 the list.
6129
6130 @table @kbd
6131 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6132 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6133 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6134 @end table
6135
6136 For example,
6137
6138 @smallexample
6139 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6140 @end smallexample
6141
6142 @noindent
6143 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6144 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6145 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6146 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6147 store in the same archive.
6148
6149 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6150 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6151 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6152 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6153 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6154
6155 Contrast this with the command,
6156
6157 @smallexample
6158 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6159 @end smallexample
6160
6161 @noindent
6162 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6163 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6164 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6165 named @file{orange-colored}.
6166
6167 You can use the @samp{--directory} option to make the archive
6168 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6169 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6170 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6171 @file{foo.tar}:
6172
6173 @smallexample
6174 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6175 @end smallexample
6176
6177 @noindent
6178 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6179 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6180 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6181 directories where those files were located.
6182
6183 Note that @samp{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6184 @samp{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6185 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6186 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6187 @samp{--directory} option.
6188
6189 @FIXME{dan: does this mean that you *can* use the short option form, but
6190 you can *not* use the long option form with --files-from? or is this
6191 totally screwed?}
6192
6193 When using @samp{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put @samp{-C}
6194 options in the file list. Unfortunately, you cannot put
6195 @samp{--directory} options in the file list. (This interpretation can
6196 be disabled by using the @value{op-null} option.)
6197
6198 @node absolute
6199 @subsection Absolute File Names
6200 @UNREVISED
6201
6202 @table @kbd
6203 @item -P
6204 @itemx --absolute-names
6205 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6206 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6207 @end table
6208
6209 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6210 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6211 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6212
6213 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6214 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6215 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6216 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6217 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6218 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6219 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6220 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6221
6222 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6223 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6224 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6225
6226 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6227 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6228 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6229 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6230 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6231 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6232 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6233 be @file{bin/ls}.
6234
6235 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6236 none of these transformations.
6237
6238 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6239 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6240
6241 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6242 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6243 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6244
6245 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6246 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6247 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6248 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6249 more convenient than switching to root.
6250
6251 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6252 to transfer files between systems.}
6253
6254 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6255
6256 @table @kbd
6257 @item --absolute-names
6258 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6259 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6260
6261 @end table
6262
6263 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6264
6265 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6266 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6267 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6268 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6269
6270 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6271 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6272 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6273
6274 @smallexample
6275 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6276 @end smallexample
6277
6278 @noindent
6279 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6280 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6281 For example:
6282
6283 @smallexample
6284 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6285 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6286 @end smallexample
6287
6288 @include getdate.texi
6289
6290 @node Formats
6291 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6292
6293 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6294 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6295 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6296
6297 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6298 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6299
6300 @table @asis
6301 @item gnu
6302 Format used by @GNUTAR{}.
6303
6304 @item v7
6305 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar.
6306
6307 @item oldgnu
6308 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6309
6310 @item posix
6311 Archive format defined by POSIX.1-2001 specification.
6312
6313 @item star
6314 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star} implementation.
6315 @end table
6316
6317 @GNUTAR{} is able to create archives in any of these formats,
6318 except @samp{star}. It is able to read archives in any of these
6319 formats.
6320
6321 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6322 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6323 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6324 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6325 switch to @samp{posix}.
6326
6327 @menu
6328 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6329 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6330 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6331 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6332 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6333 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6334 @end menu
6335
6336 @node Portability
6337 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6338
6339 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6340 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6341 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6342 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6343 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6344 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6345 archives more portable.
6346
6347 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6348 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6349 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6350 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6351
6352 @menu
6353 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6354 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6355 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6356 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6357 * posix:: @sc{posix} archives
6358 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6359 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6360 @end menu
6361
6362 @node Portable Names
6363 @subsection Portable Names
6364
6365 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6366 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6367 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6368 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6369 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6370 less.
6371
6372 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6373 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6374 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6375 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6376 than System V's.
6377
6378 @node dereference
6379 @subsection Symbolic Links
6380 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6381 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6382
6383 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6384 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6385 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6386 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6387 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6388 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6389 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6390 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6391
6392 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6393 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6394 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6395 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6396 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6397 system.
6398
6399 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6400 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6401 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6402
6403 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6404 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6405 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6406 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6407
6408 @node old
6409 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6410 @cindex Format, old style
6411 @cindex Old style format
6412 @cindex Old style archives
6413
6414 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6415 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6416 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6417 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6418 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6419 accepts @samp{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6420 option). When you specify it,
6421 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6422 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6423 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6424
6425 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6426 unless the archive was created with using this option.
6427
6428 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6429 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6430 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6431 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6432 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6433
6434 @node gnu
6435 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6436
6437 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6438 @sc{posix} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6439 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6440 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6441 specified in that @sc{posix} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6442 @sc{posix} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6443 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6444 incompatible with the current @sc{posix} specification, and with
6445 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6446
6447 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6448 this format by default. This may change in the future, since we plan
6449 to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6450
6451 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6452 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6453
6454 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6455 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6456 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6457
6458 @itemize @bullet
6459 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6460 @item @value{op-incremental}
6461 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6462 @item @value{op-sparse}
6463 @end itemize
6464
6465 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6466 format in the future.
6467
6468 @node posix
6469 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @sc{posix} @command{tar}
6470
6471 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6472 to read and create archives conforming to @sc{posix.1-2001} standard.
6473
6474 A @sc{posix} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6475 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6476 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6477 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6478 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6479
6480 @itemize @bullet
6481 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6482 @item @value{op-incremental}
6483 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6484 @item @value{op-sparse}
6485 @end itemize
6486
6487 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6488
6489 @node Checksumming
6490 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6491
6492 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6493 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6494 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6495 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6496 checksums while creating archives, as per @sc{posix} standards. On
6497 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6498 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6499 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6500 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6501 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6502 vice versa.
6503
6504 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6505 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6506 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6507 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6508 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6509 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6510 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6511 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6512
6513 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6514 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6515 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6516 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6517 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6518 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6519 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6520 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6521 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6522 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6523 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6524
6525 @node Large or Negative Values
6526 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6527 @cindex large values
6528 @cindex future time stamps
6529 @cindex negative time stamps
6530
6531 @sc{posix} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6532 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6533 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6534 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6535 generates @sc{posix} representations when possible, but for values
6536 outside the @sc{posix} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6537 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6538 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6539 representations. These representations are an extension to @sc{posix}
6540 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6541
6542 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6543 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6544
6545 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @sc{posix}
6546 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6547
6548 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @sc{posix}
6549 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6550 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6551 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6552 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6553 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6554
6555 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6556 stamps are a common @sc{posix} extension but their @code{time_t}
6557 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6558 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6559 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6560 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6561 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6562 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6563 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6564
6565 @node Compression
6566 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6567
6568 @menu
6569 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6570 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6571 @end menu
6572
6573 @node gzip
6574 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6575 @cindex Compressed archives
6576 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6577 @UNREVISED
6578
6579 @table @kbd
6580 @item -z
6581 @itemx --gzip
6582 @itemx --ungzip
6583 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6584 @end table
6585
6586 @FIXME{ach; these two bits orig from "compare" (?). where to put?} Some
6587 format parameters must be taken into consideration when modifying an
6588 archive.@FIXME{???} Compressed archives cannot be modified.
6589
6590 You can use @samp{--gzip} and @samp{--gunzip} on physical devices
6591 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6592 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6593 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6594 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6595 override them, avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run @command{gzip}
6596 explicitly. (Or set the @env{GZIP} environment variable.)
6597
6598 The @value{op-gzip} option does not work with the @value{op-multi-volume}
6599 option, or with the @value{op-update}, @value{op-append},
6600 @value{op-concatenate}, or @value{op-delete} operations.
6601
6602 It is not exact to say that @GNUTAR{} is to work in concert
6603 with @command{gzip} in a way similar to @command{zip}, say. Surely, it is
6604 possible that @command{tar} and @command{gzip} be done with a single call,
6605 like in:
6606
6607 @smallexample
6608 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6609 @end smallexample
6610
6611 @noindent
6612 to save all of @samp{subdir} into a @code{gzip}'ed archive. Later you
6613 can do:
6614
6615 @smallexample
6616 $ @kbd{tar xfz archive.tar.gz}
6617 @end smallexample
6618
6619 @noindent
6620 to explode and unpack.
6621
6622 The difference is that the whole archive is compressed. With
6623 @command{zip}, archive members are archived individually. @command{tar}'s
6624 method yields better compression. On the other hand, one can view the
6625 contents of a @command{zip} archive without having to decompress it. As
6626 for the @command{tar} and @command{gzip} tandem, you need to decompress the
6627 archive to see its contents. However, this may be done without needing
6628 disk space, by using pipes internally:
6629
6630 @smallexample
6631 $ @kbd{tar tfz archive.tar.gz}
6632 @end smallexample
6633
6634 @cindex corrupted archives
6635 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6636 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6637 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6638 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6639 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6640 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6641
6642 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6643 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6644 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6645 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6646 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6647 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6648
6649 @table @kbd
6650 @item -j
6651 @itemx --bzip2
6652 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6653
6654 @item -Z
6655 @itemx --compress
6656 @itemx --uncompress
6657 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6658 @value{op-gzip}.
6659
6660 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6661 Filter through @var{prog} (must accept @samp{-d}).
6662 @end table
6663
6664 @value{op-compress} stores an archive in compressed format. This
6665 option is useful in saving time over networks and space in pipes, and
6666 when storage space is at a premium. @value{op-compress} causes
6667 @command{tar} to compress when writing the archive, or to uncompress when
6668 reading the archive.
6669
6670 To perform compression and uncompression on the archive, @command{tar}
6671 runs the @command{compress} utility. @command{tar} uses the default
6672 compression parameters; if you need to override them, avoid the
6673 @value{op-compress} option and run the @command{compress} utility
6674 explicitly. It is useful to be able to call the @command{compress}
6675 utility from within @command{tar} because the @command{compress} utility by
6676 itself cannot access remote tape drives.
6677
6678 The @value{op-compress} option will not work in conjunction with the
6679 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update}
6680 and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for
6681 more information on these operations.
6682
6683 If there is no compress utility available, @command{tar} will report an error.
6684 @strong{Please note} that the @command{compress} program may be covered by
6685 a patent, and therefore we recommend you stop using it.
6686
6687 @value{op-bzip2} acts like @value{op-compress}, except that it uses
6688 the @code{bzip2} utility.
6689
6690 @table @kbd
6691 @item --compress
6692 @itemx --uncompress
6693 @itemx -z
6694 @itemx -Z
6695 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will compress (when
6696 writing an archive), or uncompress (when reading an archive). Used in
6697 conjunction with the @value{op-create}, @value{op-extract},
6698 @value{op-list} and @value{op-compare} operations.
6699 @end table
6700
6701 You can have archives be compressed by using the @value{op-gzip} option.
6702 This will arrange for @command{tar} to use the @command{gzip} program to be
6703 used to compress or uncompress the archive wren writing or reading it.
6704
6705 To use the older, obsolete, @command{compress} program, use the
6706 @value{op-compress} option. The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6707 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6708 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6709 @command{compress}.
6710
6711 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6712 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6713 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6714 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6715 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6716 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6717 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6718 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6719 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6720 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6721
6722 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6723 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6724 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6725 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6726 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6727
6728 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6729 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6730 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6731 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6732 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6733
6734 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6735 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6736 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6737 way you want. It should recognize the @samp{-d} option, for when
6738 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6739
6740 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6741 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6742 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6743 end up with less space on the tape.
6744
6745 @node sparse
6746 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6747 @cindex Sparse Files
6748 @UNREVISED
6749
6750 @table @kbd
6751 @item -S
6752 @itemx --sparse
6753 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6754 @end table
6755
6756 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6757 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6758 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6759 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6760 space needed to store such a file.
6761
6762 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6763 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6764 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6765 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6766
6767 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6768 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6769 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6770 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6771 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6772 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6773 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6774 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6775 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6776 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6777 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6778 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6779 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6780 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6781 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6782 more space than the original.
6783
6784 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6785 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6786 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6787 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6788 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6789 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6790 about creating archives.
6791
6792 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6793 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6794 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6795
6796 @quotation
6797 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6798 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6799 sparsely in the system.
6800
6801 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6802 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6803 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6804 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6805 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6806 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6807 @end quotation
6808
6809 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6810
6811 @table @kbd
6812 @item --sparse
6813 @itemx -S
6814 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
6815 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
6816 @end table
6817
6818 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
6819 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
6820 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
6821 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
6822 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
6823 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
6824 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
6825 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
6826 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
6827 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
6828
6829 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
6830 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
6831 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
6832 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
6833 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
6834 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
6835 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
6836
6837 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
6838 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
6839 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
6840 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
6841 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
6842 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
6843 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
6844 1990-12-10:
6845
6846 @quotation
6847 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
6848 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
6849 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
6850 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
6851 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
6852 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
6853
6854 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
6855 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
6856 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
6857 get it right.
6858 @end quotation
6859
6860 @node Attributes
6861 @section Handling File Attributes
6862 @UNREVISED
6863
6864 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
6865 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
6866 back to what they were before they were read, use the
6867 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
6868
6869 Handling of file attributes
6870
6871 @table @kbd
6872 @item --atime-preserve
6873 Preserve access times on files that are read.
6874 This doesn't work for files that
6875 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
6876 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
6877 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
6878 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
6879
6880 @item -m
6881 @itemx --touch
6882 Do not extract file modified time.
6883
6884 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
6885 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
6886 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
6887
6888 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
6889
6890 @item --same-owner
6891 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
6892 archive.
6893
6894 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
6895 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
6896 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
6897 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
6898 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
6899 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
6900 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
6901
6902 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
6903 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
6904 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
6905 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
6906 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
6907 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
6908 stored in the archive instead.
6909
6910 @item --no-same-owner
6911 @itemx -o
6912 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
6913 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
6914 only for the superuser.
6915
6916 @item --numeric-owner
6917 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
6918 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
6919 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
6920 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
6921 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
6922
6923 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
6924 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
6925 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
6926 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
6927 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
6928 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
6929 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
6930 disk into another machine to do the restore.
6931
6932 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
6933 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
6934 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
6935 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
6936 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
6937 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
6938
6939 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
6940 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
6941 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
6942 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
6943 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
6944 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
6945 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
6946 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
6947 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
6948 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
6949 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
6950 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
6951 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
6952 gives you a great deal of control already.
6953
6954 @item -p
6955 @itemx --same-permissions
6956 @itemx --preserve-permissions
6957 Extract all protection information.
6958
6959 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
6960 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
6961 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
6962 on extracted files.
6963
6964 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
6965
6966 @item --preserve
6967 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
6968
6969 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
6970 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
6971
6972 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
6973
6974 @end table
6975
6976 @node Standard
6977 @section The Standard Format
6978 @UNREVISED
6979
6980 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
6981 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
6982 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
6983 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
6984 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
6985 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
6986 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
6987
6988 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
6989 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of 512 zero bytes. A file
6990 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
6991 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
6992 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
6993 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
6994 information about file types.
6995
6996 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
6997 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
6998 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
6999 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7000 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7001 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7002
7003 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7004 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7005 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7006
7007 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7008 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7009 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7010
7011 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7012 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7013 of the file. At the end of the archive file there may be a block
7014 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7015 should write a block of zeros at the end, but must not assume that
7016 such a block exists when reading an archive.
7017
7018 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7019 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7020 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7021 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7022 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7023 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7024 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7025 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7026 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7027 records after a zero block.
7028
7029 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7030 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7031
7032 @smallexample
7033 @include header.texi
7034 @end smallexample
7035
7036 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7037 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7038 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7039 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7040 contiguously.
7041
7042 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7043 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7044 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7045 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7046 of file contents is performed.
7047
7048 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7049 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7050 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7051 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 2 digits, a space, and a null, except
7052 @code{size}, and @code{mtime}, which do not contain the trailing null.
7053
7054 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7055 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7056
7057 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7058
7059 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7060 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7061 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7062 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7063 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7064 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7065 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7066 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7067 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
7068 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7069
7070 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7071 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7072 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7073
7074 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7075 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7076 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7077
7078 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7079 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7080 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7081 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7082
7083 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7084 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7085 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7086 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7087 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7088 if it were all blanks.
7089
7090 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7091 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7092 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7093 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7094
7095 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7096 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7097 and last inode-change time.
7098
7099 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7100 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7101 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7102 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7103 continued at.
7104
7105 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7106 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7107 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7108 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7109 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7110 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7111 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7112 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7113 differently from non-sparse files.
7114
7115 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7116 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7117 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7118 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7119 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7120 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7121 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7122 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7123 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7124 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7125 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7126 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7127 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7128 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7129 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7130 used to handle a sparse file:
7131
7132 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7133 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7134 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7135 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7136 array element.
7137
7138 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7139 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7140
7141 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7142 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7143 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7144 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7145 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7146 an extended_header is needed.
7147
7148 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7149 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7150 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7151 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7152
7153 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7154 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7155 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7156 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7157
7158 @table @asis
7159
7160 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7161 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7162 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7163 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7164 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7165 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7166 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7167 ends with a slash as a directory.
7168
7169 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7170 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7171 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7172 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7173 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7174
7175 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7176 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7177 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7178
7179 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7180 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7181 These represent character special files and block special files
7182 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7183 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7184 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7185 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7186
7187 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7188 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7189 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7190 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7191 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7192 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7193 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7194 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7195 @code{size} field.
7196
7197 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7198 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7199 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7200
7201 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7202 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7203 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7204 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7205 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7206 type as a normal file.
7207
7208 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7209 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7210 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7211
7212 @end table
7213
7214 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7215 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7216
7217 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7218 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7219 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7220 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7221 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7222 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7223
7224 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7225 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7226 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7227 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7228
7229 @node Extensions
7230 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7231 @UNREVISED
7232
7233 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7234 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7235
7236 @table @code
7237 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7238 @itemx 'D'
7239 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7240 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7241 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7242 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7243 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7244 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7245 last file name.
7246
7247 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7248 @itemx 'M'
7249 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7250 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7251 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7252 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7253 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7254 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7255 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7256 the original size of the file.
7257
7258 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7259 @itemx 'S'
7260 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7261 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7262 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7263 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7264
7265 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7266 @itemx 'V'
7267 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7268 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7269 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7270 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7271 of an archive should have this type.
7272
7273 @end table
7274
7275 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7276 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7277 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7278 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7279 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7280 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7281 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7282 checksum error.
7283
7284 @node cpio
7285 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7286 @UNREVISED
7287
7288 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7289
7290 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7291 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7292 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7293 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7294 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7295 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7296
7297 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7298 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7299 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7300 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7301 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7302 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7303 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7304 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7305
7306 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7307 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7308 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7309 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7310
7311 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7312
7313 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7314 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7315 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7316
7317 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7318 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7319 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7320 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7321 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7322 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7323 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7324 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7325 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7326 make hard links between them.
7327
7328 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7329 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7330 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7331 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7332 of the names.
7333
7334 @quotation
7335 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7336 @end quotation
7337
7338 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7339 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7340 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7341
7342 @quotation
7343 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7344 at the unix scene,
7345 @end quotation
7346
7347 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7348 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7349 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7350 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7351 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7352
7353 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7354 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7355 rest of the files.
7356
7357 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7358
7359 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7360 to start on a record boundary.
7361
7362 @quotation
7363 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7364 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7365 crashed archives at all.)
7366 @end quotation
7367
7368 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7369 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7370 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7371 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7372 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7373 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7374 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7375 archive.
7376
7377 @quotation
7378 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7379 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7380 @end quotation
7381
7382 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7383 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7384 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7385 special files.
7386
7387 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7388 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7389 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7390 backwards compatibility.
7391
7392 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7393 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7394 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7395
7396 @node Media
7397 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7398 @UNREVISED
7399
7400 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7401 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7402
7403 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7404 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7405 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7406 such manipulation easier.
7407
7408 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7409 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7410
7411 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7412 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7413 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7414 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7415
7416 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7417 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7418 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7419 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7420 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7421 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7422
7423 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7424 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7425 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7426 not a good idea.
7427
7428 @menu
7429 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7430 * Remote Tape Server::
7431 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7432 * Blocking:: Blocking
7433 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7434 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7435 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7436 * verify::
7437 * Write Protection::
7438 @end menu
7439
7440 @node Device
7441 @section Device Selection and Switching
7442 @UNREVISED
7443
7444 @table @kbd
7445 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7446 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7447 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7448 @end table
7449
7450 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7451 works on.
7452
7453 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7454 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7455 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7456 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7457 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7458
7459 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7460 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7461 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7462 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7463 @command{remsh}) to start up an @file{/etc/rmt} on the remote machine. If
7464 you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the @command{rsh}.
7465 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable @file{/etc/rmt}.
7466 This program is free software from the University of California, and a
7467 copy of the source code can be found with the sources for @command{tar};
7468 it's compiled and installed by default.
7469
7470 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7471 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7472 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7473 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7474 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7475
7476 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7477 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7478 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7479 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7480 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7481 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7482 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7483 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7484 cartridges or diskettes.
7485
7486 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7487 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7488 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7489 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7490 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7491 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7492 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7493 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7494 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7495 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7496 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7497 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7498
7499 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7500 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7501 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7502 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7503 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7504
7505 @table @kbd
7506 @item --force-local
7507 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7508
7509 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7510 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7511 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7512 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7513
7514 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7515 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7516 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7517 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7518 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7519 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7520
7521 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7522 Specify drive and density.
7523
7524 @item -M
7525 @itemx --multi-volume
7526 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7527
7528 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7529 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7530 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7531
7532 @item -L @var{num}
7533 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7534 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7535
7536 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7537 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7538 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7539
7540 @item -F @var{file}
7541 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7542 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7543 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7544 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7545 @end table
7546
7547 @node Remote Tape Server
7548 @section The Remote Tape Server
7549
7550 @cindex remote tape drive
7551 @pindex rmt
7552 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7553 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7554 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as @file{/etc/rmt}
7555 on any machine whose tape drive you want to use. @command{tar} calls
7556 @file{/etc/rmt} by running an @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote
7557 machine, optionally using a different login name if one is supplied.
7558
7559 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7560 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7561 California, but can be freely distributed. Instructions for compiling
7562 and installing it are included in the @file{Makefile}.
7563
7564 @cindex absolute file names
7565 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7566 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7567 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7568 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7569 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7570 message telling you what it is doing.
7571
7572 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7573 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7574 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7575 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7576 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7577 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7578 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7579 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7580 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7581 backup tapes.
7582
7583 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7584 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7585 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7586 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7587 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7588 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7589 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7590
7591 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7592 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7593 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7594 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7595 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7596 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7597
7598 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7599 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7600 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7601 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7602 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7603 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7604
7605 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7606 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7607 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7608 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7609 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7610
7611 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7612 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7613
7614 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7615 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7616 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7617 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7618 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7619 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7620 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7621 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7622
7623 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7624 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7625
7626 @ifclear PUBLISH
7627
7628 @format
7629 errors from system:
7630 permission denied
7631 no such file or directory
7632 not owner
7633
7634 errors from @command{tar}:
7635 directory checksum error
7636 header format error
7637
7638 errors from media/system:
7639 i/o error
7640 device busy
7641 @end format
7642
7643 @end ifclear
7644
7645 @node Blocking
7646 @section Blocking
7647 @UNREVISED
7648
7649 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7650 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7651 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7652 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7653 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7654
7655 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7656 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7657
7658 @quotation
7659 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7660 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7661 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7662 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7663 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7664 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7665 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7666 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7667 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7668 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7669
7670 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7671 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7672 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7673 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @sc{posix} (no surprise
7674 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7675 into the source code too.
7676 @end quotation
7677
7678 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7679 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7680 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7681 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7682 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7683 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7684 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7685 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7686 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7687 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7688 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7689 in @GNUTAR{}.
7690
7691 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7692 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7693 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7694 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7695 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7696 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7697 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7698 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7699 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7700 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7701 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7702 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7703 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7704 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7705 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7706
7707 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7708 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7709 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7710 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7711 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7712 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7713 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7714 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7715
7716 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7717 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7718 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7719 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7720 honor blocking.
7721
7722 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7723 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7724 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7725 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7726 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7727 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7728 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7729 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7730 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7731 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7732 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7733 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7734 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7735 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7736 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7737 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7738 correctly.
7739
7740 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7741 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7742 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7743 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7744 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7745
7746 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7747 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7748 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7749 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7750 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7751 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7752 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7753 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7754 around one megabyte.
7755
7756 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7757 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7758 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7759 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7760 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7761 device.
7762
7763 @menu
7764 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7765 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7766 @end menu
7767
7768 @node Format Variations
7769 @subsection Format Variations
7770 @cindex Format Parameters
7771 @cindex Format Options
7772 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7773 @cindex Options, format specifying
7774 @UNREVISED
7775
7776 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7777 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7778 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7779 store the archive.
7780
7781 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7782 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7783 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7784 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7785 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7786 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7787 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7788 examples of format parameter considerations.
7789
7790 @node Blocking Factor
7791 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7792 @cindex Blocking Factor
7793 @cindex Record Size
7794 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7795 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7796 @cindex Bytes per record
7797 @cindex Blocks per record
7798 @UNREVISED
7799
7800 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7801 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7802 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
7803 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
7804 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
7805 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
7806 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
7807 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
7808 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
7809
7810 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
7811 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
7812 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
7813 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
7814 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
7815 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
7816 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
7817 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
7818 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
7819 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
7820 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
7821 writing archives.
7822
7823 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
7824
7825 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
7826 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
7827 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
7828 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
7829 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
7830 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
7831
7832 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
7833 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
7834 example, this has been reported:
7835
7836 @smallexample
7837 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
7838 @end smallexample
7839
7840 @noindent
7841 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
7842 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
7843 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
7844 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
7845 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
7846 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
7847 for example, might resolve the problem.
7848
7849 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
7850 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
7851 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
7852 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
7853 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
7854 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
7855 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
7856 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
7857 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
7858 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
7859 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
7860 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
7861 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
7862
7863 @table @kbd
7864 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
7865 @itemx -b @var{number}
7866 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
7867 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
7868 @end table
7869
7870 Device blocking
7871
7872 @table @kbd
7873 @item -b @var{blocks}
7874 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
7875 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
7876
7877 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
7878 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
7879 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
7880 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
7881 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
7882 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
7883
7884 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
7885 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
7886 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
7887 running on old machines with small address spaces.
7888
7889 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
7890 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
7891 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
7892 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
7893 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
7894
7895 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
7896 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
7897 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
7898 updating the archive.
7899
7900 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
7901 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
7902 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
7903 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
7904
7905 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
7906 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
7907 the amount of available virtual memory.
7908
7909 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
7910 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
7911 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
7912 @itemize @bullet
7913 @item
7914 the archive is subject to a compression option,
7915 @item
7916 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
7917 redirected nor piped,
7918 @item
7919 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
7920 device,
7921 @item
7922 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
7923 invocation.
7924 @end itemize
7925
7926 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
7927 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
7928 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
7929 topic:
7930
7931 @itemize @bullet
7932
7933 @item
7934 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
7935 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
7936 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
7937 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
7938 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
7939 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
7940
7941 @item
7942 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
7943 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
7944 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
7945 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
7946 ignored.
7947
7948 @item
7949 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
7950 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
7951 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
7952 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
7953 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
7954 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
7955 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
7956
7957 @item
7958 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
7959 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
7960 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
7961 @end itemize
7962
7963 @item -i
7964 @itemx --ignore-zeros
7965 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
7966
7967 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
7968 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
7969 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
7970 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
7971 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
7972 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
7973 the zeroed blocks.
7974
7975 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
7976 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
7977 are stored on a single physical tape.
7978
7979 @item -B
7980 @itemx --read-full-records
7981 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
7982
7983 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
7984 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
7985 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
7986 record.
7987
7988 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
7989 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
7990 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
7991 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
7992 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
7993 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
7994
7995 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
7996
7997 @end table
7998
7999 Tape blocking
8000
8001 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8002
8003 @cindex blocking factor
8004 @cindex tape blocking
8005
8006 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8007 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8008 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8009 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8010 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8011 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8012 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8013 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8014 tape motion without loosing information.
8015
8016 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8017 @cindex DAT blocking
8018 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8019 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8020 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8021 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8022 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8023 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8024 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8025 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8026 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8027 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8028 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8029 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8030 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8031 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8032 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8033 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8034
8035 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8036 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8037 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8038 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8039
8040 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8041 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8042 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8043
8044 I might also use @samp{--number-blocks} instead of
8045 @samp{--block-number}, so @samp{--block} will then expand to
8046 @samp{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8047
8048 @node Many
8049 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8050
8051 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8052
8053 @findex ntape @r{device}
8054 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8055 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8056 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8057 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8058 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8059 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8060 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8061 device.
8062
8063 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8064 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8065 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8066 means that a simple:
8067
8068 @smallexample
8069 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8070 @end smallexample
8071
8072 @noindent
8073 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8074 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8075 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8076 just been saved.
8077
8078 @cindex tape positioning
8079 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8080 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8081 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8082 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8083 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8084 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8085 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8086 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8087 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8088 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8089 recovered.
8090
8091 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8092 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8093
8094 @smallexample
8095 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8096 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8097 @end smallexample
8098
8099 @cindex tape marks
8100 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8101 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8102 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8103 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8104 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8105 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8106 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8107 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8108 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8109 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8110 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8111
8112 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8113 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8114
8115 @smallexample
8116 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8117 @end smallexample
8118
8119 @noindent
8120 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8121
8122 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8123 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8124 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8125 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8126 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8127 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8128 these commands:
8129
8130 @smallexample
8131 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8132 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8133 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8134 @end smallexample
8135
8136 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8137 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8138
8139 @menu
8140 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8141 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8142 @end menu
8143
8144 @node Tape Positioning
8145 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8146 @UNREVISED
8147
8148 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8149 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8150 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8151 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8152 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8153 two at the end of all the file entries.
8154
8155 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8156 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8157
8158 @smallexample
8159 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8160 @end smallexample
8161
8162 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8163 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8164 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8165 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8166 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8167 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8168 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8169 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8170 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8171 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8172 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME{There is no such
8173 restore script!}@FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8174 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8175
8176 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8177 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8178 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8179 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8180 following:
8181
8182 @smallexample
8183 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8184 @end smallexample
8185
8186 @node mt
8187 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8188 @UNREVISED
8189
8190 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8191 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8192 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8193
8194 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8195 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8196 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8197 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8198 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8199 together"?}
8200
8201 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8202
8203 @smallexample
8204 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8205 @end smallexample
8206
8207 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8208 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8209 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8210
8211 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8212
8213 @table @kbd
8214 @item eof
8215 @itemx weof
8216 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8217
8218 @item fsf
8219 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8220
8221 @item bsf
8222 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8223
8224 @item rewind
8225 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8226
8227 @item offline
8228 @itemx rewoff1
8229 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8230
8231 @item status
8232 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8233
8234 @end table
8235
8236 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8237
8238 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8239 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8240 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8241
8242 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8243 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8244 failed.
8245
8246 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8247
8248 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8249 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8250 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8251 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8252 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8253 @value{xref-label}.
8254 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8255 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8256 label.
8257
8258 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8259
8260 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8261 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8262 @UNREVISED
8263
8264 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8265 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8266 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8267 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8268 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8269
8270 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8271 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8272 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8273 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8274 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8275 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8276 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8277 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8278 file.)
8279
8280 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8281 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8282 process them properly.
8283
8284 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8285 responses:
8286
8287 @table @kbd
8288 @item ?
8289 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8290 @item q
8291 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8292 @item n @var{file name}
8293 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8294 @item !
8295 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8296 @item y
8297 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8298 @end table
8299
8300 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8301 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8302
8303 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8304 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8305 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8306 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8307 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8308 of the
8309 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8310 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8311
8312 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8313 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8314 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8315 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8316 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8317 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8318 never required for real, as far as we know.
8319
8320 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8321 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8322 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8323 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8324 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8325 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8326 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8327 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8328 the prompt.)
8329
8330 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8331 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8332 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8333 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8334 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8335 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8336 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8337 script).
8338
8339 Multi-volume archives
8340
8341 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8342 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8343 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8344 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8345
8346 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8347 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8348 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8349 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8350 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @samp{--extract
8351 --multi-volume} (@samp{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8352 the file begins.
8353
8354 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8355 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8356 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8357 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8358
8359 @smallexample
8360 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8361 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8362 @end smallexample
8363
8364 @menu
8365 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8366 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8367 @end menu
8368
8369 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8370 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8371 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8372 @UNREVISED
8373
8374 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8375 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8376 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8377 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8378 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8379 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8380
8381 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8382 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8383 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8384 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8385 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8386 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8387
8388 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8389 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8390 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8391 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8392 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8393 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8394
8395 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8396 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8397 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8398 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8399 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8400 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8401 information about extracting archives.
8402
8403 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8404 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8405 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8406 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8407 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8408 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8409 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8410
8411 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8412 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8413 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8414 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8415
8416 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8417 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8418 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8419 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8420 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8421
8422 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8423 @FIXME{example}
8424
8425 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8426 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8427
8428 @table @kbd
8429 @item --multi-volume
8430 @itemx -M
8431 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8432 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8433 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8434 operation.
8435
8436 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8437 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8438 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8439 @value{op-create}.
8440 @end table
8441
8442 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8443 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8444 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8445 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8446 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8447 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8448 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8449 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8450 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8451 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8452 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8453 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8454
8455 @node Tape Files
8456 @subsection Tape Files
8457 @UNREVISED
8458
8459 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8460 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8461 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8462 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8463 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8464 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8465 volume label will have
8466 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8467 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8468 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8469 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8470
8471 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8472 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8473 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8474 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8475 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8476 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8477 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8478
8479 People seem to often do:
8480
8481 @smallexample
8482 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8483 @end smallexample
8484
8485 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8486
8487 @node label
8488 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8489 @cindex Labeling an archive
8490 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8491 @UNREVISED
8492
8493 @table @kbd
8494 @item -V @var{name}
8495 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8496 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8497 @end table
8498
8499 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8500 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8501 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8502 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8503 next, and so on.
8504
8505 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8506
8507 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8508 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8509 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8510 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8511 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8512
8513 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8514 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8515 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8516 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8517 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8518 volume archives.}
8519
8520 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8521 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8522 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8523 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8524 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8525 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8526 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8527 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8528 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
8529 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8530 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8531 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8532 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8533 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8534
8535 The @value{op-label} was once called @samp{--volume}, but is not available
8536 under that name anymore.
8537
8538 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8539 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
8540 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
8541 in the example below:
8542
8543 @smallexample
8544 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8545 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8546 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8547 @end smallexample
8548
8549 @table @kbd
8550 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8551 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8552 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8553 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8554 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
8555 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
8556 @value{op-extract} option.
8557 @end table
8558
8559 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
8560 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
8561 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8562 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8563
8564 @smallexample
8565 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8566 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8567 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8568 @end smallexample
8569
8570 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8571 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8572 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8573 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8574 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8575 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8576 is usually not the case.
8577
8578 @FIXME{was --volume}
8579
8580 @node verify
8581 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8582 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8583 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8584
8585 @table @kbd
8586 @item -W
8587 @itemx --verify
8588 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8589 @end table
8590
8591 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8592 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8593 are recorded on the standard error output.
8594
8595 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8596 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8597 cannot be verified.
8598
8599 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8600 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8601 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8602 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8603 it is up to date.
8604
8605 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8606 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8607 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8608 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8609 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8610
8611 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8612 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8613 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8614 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8615
8616 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8617 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8618 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8619
8620 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8621 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8622 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8623 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8624 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8625 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8626 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8627 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8628 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8629 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8630 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8631 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8632
8633 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8634 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8635 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8636 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8637 as long as programming is concerned.
8638
8639 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8640 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8641 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8642 for more information on these operations.
8643
8644 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8645 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8646 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8647 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8648 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8649
8650 @node Write Protection
8651 @section Write Protection
8652
8653 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8654 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8655 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8656 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8657 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8658 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8659
8660 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8661 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8662 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8663 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8664 changeable feature.
8665
8666 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8667 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8668 @include freemanuals.texi
8669
8670 @node Copying This Manual
8671 @appendix Copying This Manual
8672
8673 @menu
8674 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8675 @end menu
8676
8677 @include fdl.texi
8678
8679 @node Index
8680 @appendix Index
8681
8682 @printindex cp
8683
8684 @summarycontents
8685 @contents
8686 @bye
8687
8688 @c Local variables:
8689 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8690 @c End:
This page took 0.413464 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.